快乐巴利palinanda.cc

清净道论序说 Visuddhimagga nidānakathā

本经目录《大史》所载觉音之事出生地考婆罗门出身考钵颠阇梨之说考诗论考对多闻功德的贬抑大乘之说考教法流传的次第无畏山派的兴起法喜派的兴起三藏书于贝叶非法说的兴起第一次压制方广说沙伽利派的兴起第二次压制方广说方广说大寺的毁坏祇陀林派的兴起法显行程记[觉音]为缅甸人之说[觉音]为南印度人的理据阿阇梨觉音长老的缘起请求[造论]的缘由《清净道论》的撰作其所依其撰作的方式《解脱道论》所依义注的阐明古师之说的举示律义注的撰作阿含义注的撰作论藏义注的撰作《疑惑度脱》义注的撰作《法句义注》的撰作《胜义光明》义注的撰作《本生义注》的撰作[本论]遍传世间的缘由由第六次结集事务执行僧团委员会出版的这部《清净道论》序说,终。清净道论序说

缅 0.1已对照篇首

名为《清净道论》的这部典籍,是三藏的精髓;在全世界显明行道的诸典籍之中,它是最上、最胜、居首、上首、无上、殊妙的——智者们这样称赞它。因为它简略地摄取了经三次结集而被纳入的三藏佛语之义,完整、极为明晰地显明了由三学所摄的梵行。既然这部《清净道论》受到这样的称赞,它也一定应当有一篇序说。所以现在为了显明它,提出这一组问题——

「那么,这部《清净道论》是由谁造的?何时造的?在何处造的?为什么造?为了什么目的造?依据什么造?以什么方式造?为何遍传于全世界?」

此中,「由谁造」:是由三藏摄集义注的造作者、殊胜的阿阇梨觉音长老所造。

「何时造」:是在我们的世尊、正等正觉者、全世界的怙主般涅槃之后的第十个百年(佛历 973 年)造的。

「在何处造」:是在师子洲阿㝹罗陀城的大寺造的。

「为什么造」:是由于被自己的意乐——即想令希求清净的善人们了知证得那[清净]的方便、正行道之法——所催促,也由于僧伽波罗长老的请求而造的。

在这里应当停下来讲述阿阇梨觉音长老的缘起;而它已在《大史》(也被称为《小史》的第二部分)第三十七章,从第二百一十五偈(37, 215)起,以三十二偈显明了。怎样[显明]的呢?——

Visuddhimaggo nāmāyaṃ gantho piṭakattayasārabhūto sakalaloke paṭipattidīpakaganthānaṃ aggo hoti seṭṭho pamukho pāmokkho uttamo pavaro cāti viññūhi pasattho. Tattha hi saṅgītittayārūḷhassa tepiṭakabuddhavacanassa atthaṃ saṃkhipitvā sikkhattayasaṅgahitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ paripuṇṇaṃ pakāsitaṃ suvisadañca. Evaṃ pasatthassetassa visuddhimaggassa nidānakathāyapi bhavitabbameva. Tasmādāni tampakāsanatthamidaṃ pañhakammaṃ vuccati –
‘‘So panesa visuddhimaggo kena kato, kadā kato, kattha kato, kasmā kato, kimatthaṃ kato, kiṃ nissāya kato, kena pakārena kato, kissa sakalaloke patthaṭo’’ti.
Tattha kena katoti ācariyabuddhaghosattheravarena tepiṭakasaṅgahaṭṭhakathākārena kato.
Kadā katoti amhākaṃ bhagavato sammāsambuddhassa sakalalokanāthassa parinibbutikālato pacchā dasame vassasatake (973 -buddhavasse) kato.
Kattha katoti sīhaḷadīpe anurādhapure mahāvihāre kato.
Kasmā katoti visuddhikāmānaṃ sādhujanānaṃ tadadhigamupāyaṃ sammāpaṭipattinayaṃ ñāpetukāmatāsaṅkhātena attano ajjhāsayena sañcoditattā, saṅghapālattherena ca ajjhesitattā kato.
Ettha pana ṭhatvā ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa uppatti kathetabbā, sā ca mahāvaṃse (cūḷavaṃsotipi voharite dutiyabhāge) sattatiṃsamaparicchede pannarasādhikadvisatagāthāto (37, 215) paṭṭhāya bāttiṃsāya gāthāhi pakāsitāyeva. Kathaṃ? –
215已对照

《大史》所载觉音之事

Mahāvaṃsa-buddhaghosakathā
215.
缅 0.2已对照

二百一十五、

Bodhimaṇḍasamīpamhi, jāto brāhmaṇamāṇavo;
已对照

「在菩提座附近,生了一位婆罗门青年,

Vijjā-sippa-kalā-vedī, tīsu vedesu pāragū.
216已对照

通晓明术、技艺与学艺,通达三吠陀。

216.
已对照

二百一十六、

Sammā viññātasamayo, sabbavādavisārado;
已对照

他善知诸宗义,于一切论说无所畏惧;

Vādatthī jambudīpamhi, āhiṇḍanto pavādiko.
217已对照

这位论者求取辩论,游历于阎浮提。

217.
218已对照

二百一十七、

他来到一座寺,夜里诵习钵颠阇梨之说,

字句完足,[音声]极为圆满。

Vihārameka’māgamma, rattiṃ pātañjalīmataṃ;
Parivatteti sampuṇṇa-padaṃ suparimaṇḍalaṃ.
218.
已对照

二百一十八、

Tattheko revato nāma, mahāthero vijāniya;
已对照

那里有一位名叫离婆多的大长老,了知[他]:

‘‘Mahāpañño ayaṃ satto, dametuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti, so.
219已对照

『这众生有大慧,应当调伏[他]。』他——

219.
已对照

二百一十九、

‘‘Ko nu gadrabharāvena, viravanto’’ti abravi;
已对照

说道:『是谁以驴鸣之声在叫嚷?』

‘‘Gadrabhānaṃ rave atthaṃ, kiṃ jānāsī’’ti āha taṃ.
220已对照

[青年]对他说:『驴鸣之声的意义,你知道什么?』

220.
已对照

二百二十、

‘‘Ahaṃ jāne’’ti vutto so, otāresi sakaṃ mataṃ;
已对照

被告以『我知道』,他便提出自己的宗义;

Puṭṭhaṃ puṭṭhaṃ viyākāsi, viraddhampi ca dassayi.
221已对照

[长老对他]所问的一一解答,并且指出[其中的]错谬。

221.
222已对照

二百二十一、

[长老]被[他]催促:『那么,你提出你自己的论说吧』,

便诵出阿毗达摩的圣典;他却没能通达它的义。

‘‘Tena hi tvaṃ sakaṃ vāda-motārehī’’ti codito;
Pāḷi’māhā’bhidhammassa, attha’massa na so’dhigā.
222.
223已对照

二百二十二、

他问:『这是谁的明咒?』[长老]说:『是佛的明咒。』

[他]说『请把它给我』,[长老便说]:『出家之后受取它吧。』

Āha‘‘kasse’sa manto’’ti,‘‘buddhamanto’’ti so’bravi;
‘‘Dehi metaṃ’’ti vutte hi, ‘‘gaṇha pabbajja taṃ’’iti.
223.
已对照

二百二十三、

Mantatthī pabbajitvā so, uggaṇhi piṭakattayaṃ;
已对照

他为求那明咒而出家,学得了三藏;

Ekāyano ayaṃ maggo, iti pacchā ta’maggahi.
224已对照

后来他领受了『此是唯一之道』[这一句]。

224.
225已对照

二百二十四、

因为他的音声像佛一样深沉,人们便称他为

『觉音』;因为[他的]音声在大地上就像佛一样。

Buddhassa viya gambhīra-ghosattā naṃ viyākaruṃ;
Buddhaghosoti ghoso hi, buddho viya mahītale.
225.
226已对照

二百二十五、

他当时在那里造了名为《智生》[《智生》这部论书如今已无处可见。]的论书,

又为《法集论》造了注释《法集论义注》(Aṭṭhasālinī)[然而如今所见的《法集论义注》只是师子洲的那一部,不是阎浮提的那一部;这一点在后面(第 54 至 55 页)将会显明。]。

Tattha ñāṇodayaṃ [ñāṇodayaṃ nāmapakaraṇaṃ idāni kuhiñcipi na dissati;] nāma, katvā pakaraṇaṃ tadā;
Dhammasaṅgaṇiyākāsi, kacchaṃ so aṭṭhasāliniṃ [idāni dissamānā pana aṭṭhasālinī sīhaḷadīpikāyeva; na jambudīpikā; parato (54-55 piṭṭhesu) esa āvibhavissati].
226.
227缅 0.3已对照

二百二十六、

有慧者又开始造《略义注》[所谓《略义注》,应是指作为三藏简略释义的小义注。];

离婆多长老见了,就说了这番话:

Parittaṭṭhakathañceva [parittaṭṭhakathanti piṭakattayassa saṅkhepato atthavaṇṇanābhūtā khuddakaṭṭhakathāti adhippetā bhavesu], kātuṃ ārabhi buddhimā;
Taṃ disvā revato thero, idaṃ vacanamabravi.
227.
228已对照

二百二十七、

『这里只传来了圣典,这里没有义注[此处应当考察:经三次结集而被纳入、从目犍连子帝须长老处学得、由弟子与再传弟子相承流布的根本义注,为什么在阎浮提完全隐没了。];

同样,诸阿阇梨之说也已支离破碎,不复存在。

‘‘Pāḷimattaṃ idhānītaṃ, natthi aṭṭhakathā idha [ettha sagībhittayārūḷhā moggaliputtatissattherassa santikā uggahitā sissānusissaparamparātatā mūlaṭṭhakathā kasmā jambudīpe sabbaso antarahitāti vimaṃsitabbaṃ];
Tathācariyavādā ca, bhinnarūpā na vijjare.
228.
已对照

二百二十八、

Sīhaḷaṭṭhakathā suddhā, mahindena matīmatā;
已对照

纯正的师子洲义注,是有慧的摩哂陀

Saṅgītittayamārūḷhaṃ, sammāsambuddhadesitaṃ.
229已对照

审察了经三次结集而被纳入的、由正等正觉者所说的,

229.
已对照

二百二十九、

Sāriputtādigītañca, kathāmaggaṃ samekkhiya;
已对照

以及舍利弗等所诵的论道之后,

Katā sīhaḷabhāsāya, sīhaḷesu pavattati.
230已对照

以师子洲语造成的,在师子洲人之中流行。

230.
231已对照

二百三十、

你去到那里,听闻了它之后,用摩揭陀人的语言

把它译出来吧;它将为全世界带来利益。』

Taṃ tattha gantvā sutvā tvaṃ, māgadhānaṃ niruttiyā;
Parivattehi, sā hoti, sabbalokahitāvahā’’.
231.
232已对照

二百三十一、

这样说了之后,他心生净信,从那里出发;

这位大慧者正是在这位[「这位」:即这位摩诃那摩王的时代,佛历 953 至 975 年;这个年代的划分是依师子洲王统而示出的;但依欧洲学者的看法,应知是佛历 941 至 964 年;以下也是如此。]国王的时代来到这座岛的。

Evaṃ vutte pasanno so, nikkhamitvā tato imaṃ;
Dīpaṃ āgā imasseva [idassevāti imasseva mahānāmarañño kāle 953-975 buddhavasse; ayañca vassaparicchedo sīhaḷarājavaṃsaṃ nissāya dassito; yuropiyavicakkhaṇānaṃ pana matena 941-964 buddhavasse iti veditabbo; evamuparipi;], rañño kāle mahāmati.
232.
已对照

二百三十二、

Mahāvihāraṃ sampatto, vihāraṃ sabbasādhunaṃ;
已对照

他到了大寺——一切善人的寺,

Mahāpadhānagharaṃ gantvā, saṅghapālassa santikā.
233已对照

前往大精勤堂,从僧伽波罗处

233.
已对照

二百三十三、

Sīhaḷaṭṭhakathaṃ sutvā, theravādañca sabbaso;
已对照

完整地听闻了师子洲义注与长老之说,

‘‘Dhammassāmissa esova, adhippāyo’’ti nicchiya.
234已对照

断定:『这正是法主的意趣。』

234.
已对照

二百三十四、

Tattha saṅghaṃ samānetvā, ‘‘kātuṃ aṭṭhakathaṃ mama;
已对照

他在那里召集僧团,说:『为了让我造义注,

Potthake detha sabbe’’ti, āha, vīmaṃsituṃ sa taṃ.
235已对照

请把一切书卷给我。』那[僧团]为了考验他,

235.
236缅 0.4已对照

二百三十五、

僧团给了他两首偈,[说]:『就在这里显示你的能力吧;

见了它,我们就把一切书卷都给[你]。』[第 234、235 两偈的义的连结是这样:「在那大寺里召集僧团、令僧团集会之后,阿阇梨觉音这样说:『为了造义注,请把一切圣典与义注的书卷给我。』那僧团为了考验他,把出自《相应部》的『内有缠结』等与『安住于戒』等两首偈给了他,说道:『就在这里显示你的能力,即智慧的威力吧;见了它,我们就把一切书卷都给[你]。』」然而由此显示出这样的意思:「阿阇梨觉音造《清净道论》时,只看了那两首偈,其他任何书卷都没有看,就造成了。」至于这个意思合理与否的考察,将在后面(第 39 至 49 页)出现。]

Saṅgho gāthādvayaṃ tassā’dāsi ‘‘sāmatthiyaṃ tava;
Ettha dassehi, taṃ disvā, sabbe demāti potthake’’ [234-5 gāthāsu ayamatthayojanā– ‘‘tattha mahāvihāre saṃghaṃ mahānetvā saṃgha sannipātaṃ kāretvā ācariyapubbaddhaghoso evamāha ‘aṭṭhakathaṃ kātuṃ sabbe pāḷi-aṭṭhakathā-potthake mama dethā’ti; so saṃgho taṃ vīmaṃsituṃ saṃyuttanikāyato ‘antojaṭā’tiādikaṃ ca ‘sīle patiṭṭhāyā’tiādikaṃ cāti gāthādvayaṃ tassa adāsi ‘ettha tava sāmatthiyaṃ ñāṇappabhāvaṃ dasseti; taṃ disvā sabbe potthake demā’tivatvā’’ti; iminā pana ayamatthā dassito hoti ‘‘ācariya buddhaghoso visuddhimaggaṃ karonto tadeva gāthādvayaṃ oloketvā, kiñcipi aññaṃ potthakaṃ anoloketvā akāsī’’ti; tassa panatthassa yuttāyuttavicāraṇā parato (39-49-piṭṭhesu) āgamissati].
236.
已对照

二百三十六、

Piṭakattaya’mettheva, saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāya so;
已对照

他就在这[两偈]上,把三藏连同义注

Visuddhimaggaṃ nāmā’kā, saṅgahetvā samāsato.
237已对照

简略地摄集起来,造了名为《清净道论》的[论]。

237.
已对照

二百三十七、

Tato saṅghaṃ samūhetvā, sambuddhamatakovidaṃ;
已对照

然后[他]召集了通晓正觉者之教说的僧团,

Mahābodhisamīpamhi, so taṃ vācetu mārabhi.
238已对照

在大菩提树附近,开始诵读那[论]。

238.
239已对照

二百三十八、

诸天为了在大众中显示他的精巧,

把书卷藏了起来;他也把它造了两三次[第 238 偈的义是这样:「诸天为了向大众显示那位觉音的精巧,即精微之智的威力,把他所写的《清净道论》书卷藏了起来——遮蔽起来,使它成为看不见的而放置;那位觉音也第二次写了它,诸天又把那[书卷]也藏了起来;[他]又第三次写了。」因此说「他也把它造了两三次」。依据《大史》的这段话加以敷衍而讲述的、名为《觉音缘起》的故事中,显明了[他]在一夜之间就把《清净道论》写了三次而完成。然而这样的故事,虽能令许多人惊异,却也令审察者生疑;因此对它的考察也将在后面(第 47 至 48 页)示出。]。

Devatā tassa nepuññaṃ, pakāsetuṃ mahājane;
Chādesuṃ potthakaṃ sopi, dvattikkhattumpi taṃ akā [238 gāthāya ayamattho– ‘‘devatā tassa buddhaghosassa nepuññaṃ nipuṇaññāppasāvaṃ mahājanassa pakāsetuṃ tena likhitaṃ visuddhimaggapotthakaṃ chādesuṃ paṭicchādetvā apassiyabhāvaṃ pāpetvā ṭhapesuṃ; sopi buddhaghoso dutiyampi taṃ likhi, tampi devatā chadesuṃ; tatiyampi likhī’’ti; tena vuttaṃ ‘‘dvattikkhattumpi taṃ akā’’ti; idameva mahāvaṃsavacanaṃ nissāya vittāretvā kathitāya buddhaghosuppattiyā nāma kathāla ekaratteneva visuddhimaggassa tikkhattumpi likhitvā niṭṭhāpitabhāvo pakāsito; īdisī pana kathā bahūnaṃ vimhayajananīpi parikkhakānaṃ saṃsayajananī hoti; tasmā imissāpi vicāraṇā parato (47-8-piṭṭhesu) dassiyissati].
239.
已对照

二百三十九、

Vācetuṃ tatiye vāre, potthake samudāhaṭe;
已对照

当第三次把书卷取来要诵读时,

Potthakadvaya’maññampi, saṇṭhapesuṃ tahiṃ marū.
240已对照

诸天把另外两部书卷也放置在那里。

240.
已对照

二百四十、

Vācayiṃsu tadā bhikkhū, potthakattaya’mekato;
已对照

那时,比丘们把三部书卷一起诵读;

Ganthato atthato vāpi, pubbāparavasena vā.
241已对照

无论就文句、就义,或就前后次第,

241.
已对照

二百四十一、

Theravādehi pāḷīhi, padehi byañjanehi vā;
已对照

或就长老之说、圣典、语句、文字而言,

Aññathattamahū neva, potthakesupi tīsupi.
242已对照

三部书卷之中都完全没有差异。

242.
缅 0.5已对照

二百四十二、

Atha ugghosayī saṅgho, tuṭṭhahaṭṭho visesato;
已对照

于是僧团格外欢喜踊跃,高声宣扬,

Nissaṃsayaṃ’sa metteyyo, iti vatvā punappunaṃ.
243已对照

一再地说:『他无疑是弥勒。』

243.
244已对照

二百四十三、

[僧团]把三藏的书卷连同义注给了[他]。

他住在远离喧杂的书藏寺(Ganthākara)时,

Saddhiṃ aṭṭhakathāyā’dā, potthake piṭakattaye;
Ganthākare vasanto so, vihāre dūrasaṅkare.
244.
245已对照

二百四十四、

那时,把一切师子洲义注

都译成了一切[众生]的根本语——摩揭陀语。

Parivattesi sabbāpi, sīhaḷaṭṭhakathā tadā;
Sabbesaṃ mūlabhāsāya, māgadhāya niruttiyā.
245.
已对照

二百四十五、

Sattānaṃ sabbabhāsānaṃ, sā ahosi hitāvahā;
已对照

它为操一切语言的众生带来了利益;

Theriyācariyā sabbe, pāḷiṃ viya ta’maggahuṃ.
246已对照

长老派的一切阿阇梨都如同[对待]圣典一样受持了它。

246.
已对照

二百四十六、

然后,所应作的事都已完成,

他为了礼敬大菩提树,回到了阎浮提。」[「他为了礼敬大菩提树,回到了阎浮提」这句话,似乎与前面的话不相连贯。因为前面既说过「阿阇梨觉音生于菩提座附近」,也说过「他的阿阇梨离婆多长老对他说:『你去师子洲,把师子洲义注译成摩揭陀语。』」因此,这里阿阇梨觉音的行迹也应与之相应,应当只是以照耀教法为根本的,如「[他]带着那些已转换语言的义注,为了照耀教法而回到阎浮提」等,而不是以礼敬大菩提树为根本的。]

而《大史》的这段记述,名叫法喜·憍赏弥(Dhammānanda Kosambī)的学者,在公元 1950 年由哈佛大学印刷所以罗马字母印行的《清净道论》一书的前言中,说了「这里有许多应当考察之处」之后,作了考察。我们在这里为辨析[其说]合理与否而把它列出来,并对它再作考察。

Atha kattabbakiccesu, gatesu pariniṭṭhitiṃ;
Vandituṃ so mahābodhiṃ, jambudīpaṃ upāgamī’’ti [so mahābodhi vandituṃ jambudīpaṃ upāgamīti idaṃ vacanaṃ purimavacanehi asaṃsaṭṭhaṃ viya hoti; pubbe hi ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso bodhimaṇḍasamīpe jāto’’ti ca, ‘‘sīhaḷadīpaṃ gantvā sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo māgadhabhāsāya parivattehīti tassācariyena revatattherena vutto’’ti ca vuttaṃ; tasmā idhāpi ācariyabuddhaghosassa pavatti tadanurūpā ‘‘tā bhāsāparivattitaṭṭhakathāyo ādāya sāsanujjotanatthaṃ jambudīpaṃ upāgamī’’ti evamādinā sāsanujjotanamūlikā eva bhavituṃ arahati, na pana mahābodhivandanamūlikāti].
Ayañca pana mahāvaṃsakathā 1950 - kharistavasse hābadamahāvijjālayamuddaṇayante romakkharena mudditassa visuddhimaggapotthakassa purecārikakathāyaṃ ‘‘anekānettha atthi vicāretabbānī’’ti vatvā dhammānandakosambīnāmakena vicakkhaṇena vicāritā. Tamettha yuttāyuttavicinanāya dassetvā anuvicāraṇampissa karissāma.
已对照

出生地考

Jātidesavicāraṇā
1缅 0.6已对照

一、此中,那位法喜说「说觉音生于菩提座附近(菩提伽耶)是不对的」,并为证成这一点,举出了四条反证的理由。是怎样的呢?

(甲)[他]举出的第一条理由是:「在觉音所显明的当时诸事之中,没有一件是发生在摩揭陀的。」那根本不是理由。因为阿阇梨觉音长老造摄集义注时,只是把古义注加以简略,并仅以转换语言而使之有别,而不是把随便什么自己所见所闻的[事]显示出来。因为这已由阿阇梨说过——

「我开始造那释义时,

以《大义注》为它的身体,

同样,在《大筏义注》

以及名为《俱卢地义注》等著名的[义注]之中——

凡诸义注中所说的抉择,

我都不舍弃[其中]合理之义;

并且[将]含摄长老之说的

释义,好好地开始[造它]。」[《波罗夷义注》1〈序论〉]以及,

「并且从那[些义注]中只舍去别的语言,

把详说之道加以简略;

把一切抉择毫无遗漏地[收入],

丝毫不越出圣典的次第;

经藏诸语句的义,

依顺于经而阐明的——

由于这部释义也将[是如此的],

所以应当恭敬地随学[它]。」[《波罗夷义注》1〈序论〉]

而且,正如阿阇梨觉音没有在自己的诸义注中显明当时摩揭陀的事,同样也没有[显明]师子洲的与南印度的[事]。因为在那些[义注]中,除了摩诃舍那王的事[《波罗夷义注》2.236-237]之外,看不到婆萨跋王时代(佛历 609 至 653 年)之后发生的事;而阿阇梨是在那之后大约三百年,摩诃那摩王的时代(佛历 953 至 975 年)才来到师子洲的。所以,仅凭义注中没有显明当时摩揭陀的事,不能断定其作者不是摩揭陀人。

(乙)他又举出第二条理由:「在觉音的一切典籍中,都没有像亲眼所见那样描述北印度地方的事。」它也不是理由,这由前面的话就应可知。此外,也应从名为《显扬真义》的《相应部义注》与名为《吉祥悦意》的《长部义注》中所说的释义得知。因为在那里[说]——

「正如从迦蓝婆河(Kalambanadī)岸经王母寺之门可到塔园寺一般,从名为希连禅的河的彼岸[可到]娑罗林园;又如塔园寺之于阿㝹罗陀城一般,那[娑罗林]之于拘尸那罗也是如此。又如从塔园寺经南门入城之路是先向东行而后折向北一般,从园林[起],娑罗树行也是先向东行而后折向北——因此那[林]称为『优婆跋多那』。」[《相应部义注》1.1.186;《长部义注》2.198]——

像亲眼所见那样的描述也是确实可见的。然而,那也应理解为只是从古义注转换语言而已,因为这样的义释必定从马哈玛欣德长老的时代起就已说过了。

(丙)他又举出《清净道论》(第 1 册第 30 页)所说的释义「『炎热』者:即火的灼热;应知它生于林火等[之时]」,贬低说「它的可笑之处是显而易见的」,又以更坚决的态度举出第三条理由:「在印度北部地区,夏季没有衣服遮盖的人体皮肤,必定会被太阳的灼热灼伤;这一点南印度人是不知道的。」然而在这里,如果「必定会被太阳的灼热灼伤」这句话是指直接被阳光的灼热所灼伤而说的,那么,由于与「虻、蚊、风吹、日晒、爬虫类的接触」这一句中的「日晒」一词同义,[那样的解释]就根本不恰当。但如果是指被太阳的灼热所生的炎热时节所灼伤而说的,那么,「在北印度地区以及其他那样酷热的地方,为了遣除太阳的灼热所生的炎热时节,而受用衣与坐卧处」这个意思,并不是不恰当的。确实如此,在律义注(3, 58)中说:

「寒冷、炎热,是依时节的不相宜而说的。」

然而《清净道论》中这个词义的释义,应是从古经藏义注传来的。确实如此,在名为《妄衍破斥》的《中部义注》的〈一切漏经释义〉(1, 58)中说:「而此处的『炎热』应知即火的灼热;这件事却是就太阳的灼热而说的。」而在这里,如果这个义是阿阇梨依自己的意见所说的,他就会显明那件事是古义注中所说的,以及那个义释是自己的意见,并且是合理的。因为阿阇梨每当在古义注中未说的义上特别加以显示时,在那些地方也都会显明这样的提示语,如《吉祥悦意》(1, 72)中「此处教唆的、投掷的、固定的加行也适用;然而由于在诸义注中未曾传来,所以应审察后取用」这句话,又如《妄衍破斥》(1, 30)中「这一点古师们未作审察;以下是[我]自己的意见」这句话。而在这里,并没有显明任何提示语。所以应知:「凡这『炎热者:即火的灼热』与『而此处的炎热应知即火的灼热』的话,都是古经藏义注的话。」

(丁)他又举出第四条理由:「觉音在名为《妄衍破斥》的《中部义注》中解释《牧牛者经》时[《中部义注》1.350],似乎相信『在摩揭陀国与毗提诃国之间,恒河中央有沙洲』。然而觉音所见的『恒河』,就是师子洲的摩诃韦利河,而不是印度人公认为最殊胜的大恒河,这个意思是很明显的。」然而那只不过是因为如今在大恒河中央那个地方看不到那样的沙洲,便断定「从前也应是如此」而说的话。而不能认为河流一直都以同样的样子存在,这个意思是很明显的。所以应当这样理解:正如从前那位牧牛者的时代,在那个地方恒河中央有那样的沙洲存在,古义注中也正是这样解释这个意思的,而阿阇梨只是把那段话转换语言而显明出来。所以那也根本不是理由。

1. Tattha hi tena dhammānandena ‘‘buddhaghoso bodhimaṇḍasamīpe (buddhagayāyaṃ) jātoti na yuttameta’’nti vatvā taṃsādhanatthāya cattāri byatirekakāraṇāni dassitāni. Kathaṃ?
(Ka) ‘‘buddhaghosena pakāsitesu taṃkālikavatthūsu ekampi taṃ natthi, yaṃ magadhesu uppanna’’nti paṭhamaṃ kāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Tadakāraṇameva. Ācariyabuddhaghosatthero hi saṅgahaṭṭhakathāyo karonto porāṇaṭṭhakathāyoyeva saṃkhipitvā, bhāsāparivattanamattena ca visesetvā akāsi, na pana yaṃ vā taṃ vā attano diṭṭhasutaṃ dassetvā. Vuttañhetaṃ ācariyena –
‘‘Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto,
Tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ;
Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva,
Kurundināmādisu vissutāsu.
Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto,
Yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto;
Athopi antogadhatheravādaṃ,
Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissa’’nti [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca.
‘‘Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā,
Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā;
Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā,
Tantikkamaṃ kiñci avokkamitvā.
Suttantikānaṃ vacanānamatthaṃ,
Suttānurūpaṃ paridīpayantī;
Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi,
Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbā’’ti [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca.
Yatheva ca ācariyabuddhaghosena attano aṭṭhakathāsu taṃkālikāni māgadhikāni vatthūni na pakāsitāni, tatheva sīhaḷikānipi dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhikānipi. Na hi tattha vasabharājakālato (609-653 -buddhavassa) pacchā uppannavatthūni diṭṭhāni ṭhapetvā mahāsenarājavatthuṃ [pārā. aṭṭha. 2.236-237], ācariyo ca tato tisatamattavassehi pacchātare mahānāmarañño kāle (953-975-bu-va) sīhaḷadīpamupāgato. Tasmā aṭṭhakathāsu taṃkālikamāgadhikavatthūnaṃ appakāsanamattena na sakkā takkattā na māgadhikoti ñātunti.
[Kha) punapi tena ‘‘sabbesupi buddhaghosaganthesu uttaraindiyadesāyattaṃ paccakkhato diṭṭhassa viya pakāsanaṃ natthī’’ti dutiyaṃ kāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Tassapi akāraṇabhāvo purimavacaneneva veditabbo. Apica sāratthappakāsiniyā nāma saṃyuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ, sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā nāma dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyañca vuttasaṃvaṇṇanāyapi veditabbo. Tattha hi –
‘‘Yatheva hi kalambanadītīrato rājamātuvihāradvārena thūpārāmaṃ gantabbaṃ hoti, evaṃ hiraññavatikāya nāma nadiyā pārimatīrato sālavanaṃ uyyānaṃ. Yathā anurādhapurassa thūpārāmo, evaṃ taṃ kusinārāya hoti. Thūpārāmato dakkhiṇadvārena nagaraṃ pavisanamaggo pācīnamukho gantvā uttarena nivattati, evaṃ uyyānato sālapanti pācīnamukhā gantvā uttarena nivattā. Tasmā taṃ upavattananti vuccatī’’ti [saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.186; dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.198] –
Paccakkhato diṭṭhassa viya pakāsanampi dissateva. Tampi pana porāṇaṭṭhakathāhi bhāsāparivattanamattamevāti gahetabbaṃ, tādisāya atthasaṃvaṇṇanāya mahāmahindattherakālatoyeva pabhuti vuttāya eva bhavitabbattāti.
[Ga) punapi tena ‘‘uṇhassāti aggisantāpassa, tassa vanadāhādīsu sambhavo veditabbo’’ti visuddhimagge (1, 30-piṭṭhe) vuttasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ pakāsetvā ‘‘tassā panassa avahasanīyabhāvo pākaṭoyevā’’ti ca hīḷetvā ‘‘indiyaraṭṭhe pana uttaradesesu gimhakāle vatthacchādanarahitā mānusakāyacchavi sūriyasantāpena ekaṃsato dayhati, taṃ na jānanti dakkhiṇaindiyadesikā’’ti tatiyaṃ kāraṇaṃ daḷhatarabhāvena dassitaṃ. Tattha pana yadi ‘‘sūriyasantāpena ekaṃsato dayhatī’’ti etaṃ ujukato sūriyarasmisantāpeneva daḍḍhabhāvaṃ sandhāya vucceyya, evaṃ sati ḍaṃsamakasavātātapasarīsapasamphassānanti pade ātapasaddena samānatthattā na yuttameva. Yadi pana sūriyasantāpasañjātena uṇhautunā daḍḍhabhāvaṃ sandhāya vucceyya, evaṃ sati uttaraindiyadesesu, aññattha ca tādisesu atiuṇhaṭṭhānesu sūriyasantāpasañjātassa uṇhautuno paṭighātāya cīvaraṃ senāsanañca paṭisevīyatīti ayamattho na na yutto. Tathā hi vuttaṃ vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (3, 58)
‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhanti utuvisabhāgavasena vutta’’nti.
Sā pana visuddhimagge padatthasaṃvaṇṇanā porāṇasuttantaṭṭhakathāhi āgatā bhaveyya. Tathā hi vuttaṃ papañcasūdaniyā nāma majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāya sabbāsavasuttavaṇṇanāyaṃ (1, 58) ‘‘uṇhanti cettha aggisantāpova veditabbo, sūriyasantāpavasena panetaṃ vatthu vutta’’nti. Ettha ca sacāyamattho ācariyena attano mativasena vutto assa, tassa vatthussa porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttabhāvañca tassā atthasaṃvaṇṇanāya attano matibhāvañca yuttabhāvañca pakāseyya. Ācariyo hi yattha yattha porāṇaṭṭhakathāsu avuttatthaṃ visesetvā dasseti, tattha tattha tādisaṃ ñāpakavacanampi pakāsetiyeva, yathā sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ (1, 72) ‘‘ettha āṇattiyanissaggiyathāvarāpi payogā yujjanti, aṭṭhakathāsu pana anāgatattā vīmaṃsitvā gahetabbā’’ti vacanaṃ, yathā ca papañcasūdaniyaṃ (1, 30) ‘‘avicāritametaṃ porāṇehi, ayaṃ pana attano matī’’ti vacanaṃ. Na cettha kiñcipi ñāpakavacanaṃ pakāsitaṃ. Tasmā ‘‘yadetaṃ ‘uṇhassāti aggisantāpassā’ti ca, ‘uṇhanti cettha aggisantāpova veditabbo’ti ca vacanaṃ, etaṃ porāṇasuttantaṭṭhakathāvacana’’nti veditabbanti.
(Gha) punapi tena ‘‘papañcasūdaniyā nāma majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ gopālakasuttaṃ saṃvaṇṇento [ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.350] buddhaghoso ‘magadhavideharaṭṭhānaṃ antare gaṅgāya nadiyā majjhe vālukatthaladīpakā atthī’ti saddahati maññe. Buddhaghosena pana diṭṭhagaṅgā sīhaḷadīpe mahāveligaṅgāyeva, na pana indiyaraṭṭhikānaṃ seṭṭhasammatā mahāgaṅgāti pākaṭoyevāyamattho’’ti catutthaṃ kāraṇaṃ dassitaṃ. Taṃ pana idāni mahāgaṅgāya majjhe tasmiṃ ṭhāne tādisaṃ dīpakaṃ adisvā ‘‘pubbepi evameva bhaveyyā’’ti ekaṃsato gahetvā vuttavacanamattameva. Nadiyo pana sabbadāpi tenevākārena tiṭṭhantīti na sakkā gahetunti pākaṭoyevāyamattho. Tasmā yathā pubbe tassa gopālassa kāle tasmiṃ ṭhāne majjhe gaṅgāya tādisā dīpakā saṃvijjamānā ahesuṃ, tatheva porāṇaṭṭhakathāsu esa attho saṃvaṇṇito, tadeva ca vacanaṃ ācariyena bhāsāparivattanaṃ katvā pakāsitanti evameva gahetabbaṃ. Tasmā tampi akāraṇamevāti.
已对照

婆罗门出身考

Brāhmaṇakulavicāraṇā
2缅 0.1已对照

二、其次,他对「婆罗门青年」这一词也这样考察——

(甲)「不能认为觉音是『生于婆罗门家』的。为什么呢?因为从吠陀时代直到今天,一切婆罗门——

『婆罗门是他的口,双臂成为王族;

他的双腿是吠舍,首陀罗从双足而生。』[《梨俱吠陀》第 10 曼荼罗 90;又《阿闼婆吠陀》19, 6, 6]

——都知道这首名为《原人歌》的明咒,这是可信的。

它的义是这样:『婆罗门是他(梵天)的口。双臂成为王族,是说刹帝利是他的双臂。凡是吠舍,就是他的双腿。首陀罗从他的双足而生。』

然而觉音虽然被认为是『博学的婆罗门』,却不知道那首偈。确实如此,他在『从梵天足下所生之辈』一词的义释中,把『相传他们持这样的见解:婆罗门从梵天口中生,刹帝利从胸生,吠舍从脐生,首陀罗从膝生,沙门从足背生』[《长部义注》1.263;《中部义注》1.508]解释成与那首吠陀偈意义不同的。」

这里的再考察是这样:如果当时婆罗门的见解也正如这首偈所说的那样,而那个义释只是阿阇梨[自己]的意见,那么,那番考察就会是恰当的。然而,从这首偈的第一句「婆罗门是他的口」,并不能直接得出「婆罗门从梵天口中所生」这个意思。而佛陀时代婆罗门的见解正是「婆罗门从梵天口中所生」,这个意思是很明显的。确实如此,在《长部》〈波梨品〉的《起世因本经》(3, 67)中——

「然而,婆私吒,可以看见诸婆罗门的婆罗门女也有月经、也怀孕、也生产、也哺乳。而那些婆罗门明明都是从[母]胎所生,却这样说:『唯婆罗门是最胜的种姓,其余种姓卑劣;唯婆罗门是白净的种姓,其余种姓黑暗;唯婆罗门得清净,非婆罗门则不然;唯婆罗门是梵天的亲生子,从[梵天]口所生,梵所生、梵所化、梵的继承者。』他们既毁谤梵天,又说虚妄语,还生起许多非福。」——

这是大悲的世尊对婆私吒与婆罗堕婆阇两位婆罗门青年所说的,他们也欢喜了它。而那两位青年依出身而言都是纯正的婆罗门,并且通达三吠陀。所以,「婆罗门从梵天口中生」这句话是依当时婆罗门的见解而说的,这是很明显的。正如这句话一样,「刹帝利从胸生,吠舍从脐生,首陀罗从膝生,沙门从足背生」这句话,阿阇梨觉音也应是相信「这是通晓当时婆罗门见解的古义注师们所说的」,而把那一切从古义注中仅以转换语言而加以区别、显明出来的。所以,以那首吠陀偈来证成阿阇梨不是婆罗门,也是完全不成立的。

(乙)他又为证成阿阇梨觉音长老不是婆罗门,举出第二条理由如下——

「婆罗门典籍中表示杀害胎儿的 bhrūnahā 一词,在圣典中见作 bhūnahu(bhūnahano)。在《摩犍提经》中,游方者摩犍提是就[世尊]因与妻子没有淫欲共住而成为本可出生之胎的毁灭者这一点,对世尊说『沙门乔达摩是 bhūnahu(bhūnahano)』[《中部》2.207 等]。觉音不知道这一点,从他对那[经]义的义释就很明显。因为他在那里把 bhūnahuno(bhūnahanassa)一词解释为『毁坏增长者、设立界限者』[《中部义注》2.207]。」

那也是不恰当的。因为摩犍提并不只是就[世尊]不受用触所缘这一点而说[他]是 bhūnahu,而是就[世尊]不受用全部六种世间财利的所缘而说的。因为在那部经中——

「摩犍提,眼以色为乐、喜色、悦色,它已被如来调伏、守护、防护、约束,[如来]也为约束它而说法。摩犍提,你是指这个而说『沙门乔达摩是 bhūnahu』的吗?——乔达摩尊师,我正是指这个而说『沙门乔达摩是 bhūnahu』的。为什么呢?因为在我们的经中是这样传下来的。……乃至……摩犍提,意以法为乐、喜法、悦法,它已被如来调伏、守护、防护、约束,[如来]也为约束它而说法。摩犍提,你是指这个而说『沙门乔达摩是 bhūnahu』的吗?——乔达摩尊师,我正是指这个而说『沙门乔达摩是 bhūnahu』的。为什么呢?因为在我们的经中是这样传下来的。」[《中部》2.207 等]

如是,世尊的追问与摩犍提的承认都已[在经中]传来。

因为在这里,只有以从事淫欲为由而受用触所缘,才会有胎的住立,所以只能就不受用那[触所缘]而称为「bhūnahu」;而以受用除此之外的色等五种所缘——其中尤其是以纯粹的意识受用法所缘——为由,没有任何胎的住立,所以就不受用那些[所缘]而称为 bhūnahu,是根本不合适的;然而摩犍提承认是就那一切[所缘]而说的,并且说出了理由:「因为在我们的经中是这样传下来的。」所以,虽然如今在婆罗门典籍中 bhūnahu(bhrūnahā)一词见于杀害胎儿之义,但在《摩犍提经》中这个义却不相合——应知阿阇梨是依转换古义注语言的方式,显明了「毁坏增长者、设立界限者」这个义。

(丙)他又说出第三条理由:「而这是证成觉音不是婆罗门的最后理由:因为他在《清净道论》〈戒的解说〉(1, 31)中嘲笑婆罗门而说:『[他想着]‘我将如此以这团食的受用消除旧的饥饿之受,也不像阿诃罗诃塔迦(āharahatthaka)、阿蓝娑吒迦(alaṃsāṭaka)、多罗婆吒迦(tatravaṭṭaka)、迦迦摩娑迦(kākamāsaka)、浮多婆弥多迦(bhuttavamitaka)诸婆罗门中的某一位那样,令以无限量的饮食为缘的新受生起’而受用。』然而这也可能是一个已背离婆罗门见解的人的话,所以不能仅以这一点作为坚实的理由而说『觉音不是婆罗门』。」然而这实在是令人极为悚惧的话。因为阿阇梨说这番话并不是想要嘲笑婆罗门,那里也不是应与嘲笑之语连在一起的地方;相反,那是应当显示如实之义、以给予同梵行者教诫与教导的方式来说的地方,阿阇梨也正是这样说的。确实如此,世间那些靠他人所施而活的沙门、婆罗门或其他的人,若缺乏省察之智、住于不律仪,有时得到大量极为美妙的滋味,就可能无限量地吃;而尤其是婆罗门,依世俗的故事以及本生等教内的故事,曾有过那样的人,这是很明显的。因为在这个以十万年或俱胝年都无法限量的时间里的世间,谁能说「从前没有过这样的人」呢?所以,[那番话]正是以给予教诫与教导的方式而说:不应当像那样的人那样无限量地饮食。这番话虽是这样具足义利的,对于不如理作意的人却只成了无义利;正如为了[令]摩犍提婆罗门与他的妻子[证得]阿那含道果而开示的偈[《法句义注》1〈沙摩婆提的故事〉],却导致了他们女儿的无义利。所以在此只应增长悚惧。

2. Atha ‘‘brāhmaṇamāṇavo’’ti padampi tena evaṃ vicāritaṃ –
(Ka) ‘‘buddhaghoso ‘brāhmaṇakulajāto’ti na sakkā gahetuṃ. Kasmā vedakālato paṭṭhāya yāvajjatanā sabbepi brāhmaṇā
Brāhmaṇosya mukhamāsīdi, bāhū rājanya? Kata?;
Ūrū tadasya yada vagya?, Padbhyāṃ gūdro ajāyatā’’ti [iruveda, 10-maṇḍala, 90; tathā athava 6 veda 19, 6, 6].
Imaṃ purisasuttaṃ nāma mantaṃ jānantīti saddahiyā.
Ayaṃ panassā attho – ‘brāhmaṇo assa (brahmuno) mukhaṃ āsi. Bāhū rājañño kato, khattiyā assa bāhūti vuttaṃ hoti. Yo vesso, so assa ūrū. Suddo assa pādehi ajāyī’ti.
Buddhaghoso pana ‘paṇḍitabrāhmaṇo’ti ñātopi taṃ gāthaṃ na aññāsi. Tathā hi tena bandhupādāpaccāti padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘tesaṃ kira ayaṃ laddhi – brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato nikkhantā, khattiyā urato, vessā nābhito, suddā jāṇuto, samaṇā piṭṭhipādato’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.263; ma. ni. aṭṭha. 1.508] tissā vedagāthāya asamānattho vaṇṇito’’ti.
Ayaṃ panettha anuvicāraṇā – yadi ca taṃkālikānampi brāhmaṇānaṃ laddhi tatheva bhaveyya yathā etissaṃ gāthāyaṃ vuttā, sā catthavaṇṇanā ācariyassa matimattā. Evaṃ sati sā vicāraṇā yuttā bhaveyya. Etissaṃ pana gāthāyaṃ ‘‘brāhmaṇosya mukhamāsīdi’’ti paṭhamapādena ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato jātā’’ti attho ujukato na labbhati. Buddhakāle pana brāhmaṇānaṃ laddhi ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato jātā’’ti evameva ahosīti pākaṭoyevāyamattho. Tathā hi dīghanikāye pāthikavagge aggaññasutte (3, 67) –
‘‘Dissanti kho pana vāseṭṭha brāhmaṇānaṃ brāhmaṇiyo utuniyopi gabbhiniyopi vijāyamānāpi pāyamānāpi. Te ca brāhmaṇā 0 yonijāva samānā evamāhaṃsu – brāhmaṇova seṭṭho vaṇṇo, hīnā aññe vaṇṇā. Brāhmaṇova sukko vaṇṇo, kaṇhā aññe vaṇṇā. Brāhmaṇāva sujjhanti, no abrāhmaṇā. Brāhmaṇāva brahmuno puttā orasā mukhato jātā brahmajā brahmanimmitā brahmadāyādāti. Te brahmānañceva abbhācikkhanti, musā ca bhāsanti, bahuñca apuññaṃ pasavantī’’ti –
Bhagavatā mahākāruṇikena vāseṭṭhabhāradvājānaṃ brāhmaṇamāṇavakānaṃ bhāsitaṃ, tehi ca taṃ abhinanditaṃ. Te pana dvepi māṇavakā jātivasena parisuddhabrāhmaṇā ceva honti tiṇṇampi vedānaṃ pāraguno ca. Tasmā ‘‘brāhmaṇā brahmuno mukhato nikkhantā’’ti vacanassa taṃkālikānaṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ laddhivasena vuttabhāvo pākaṭoyeva. Yathā cetaṃ, evaṃ ‘‘khattiyā urato, vessā nābhito, suddā jāṇuto, samaṇā piṭṭhipādato’’ti vacanampi ‘‘taṃkālikabrāhmaṇānaṃ laddhiññūhi porāṇaṭṭhakathācariyehi vutta’’nti saddahitvā ācariyabuddhaghosena taṃ sabbaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathāto bhāsāparivattanamattena visesetvā pakāsitaṃ bhaveyya. Tasmā tāyapi vedagāthāya ācariyassa abrāhmaṇabhāvasādhanaṃ anupapannamevāti.
(Kha) punapi tena ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa abrāhmaṇabhāvasādhanatthaṃ dutiyampi kāraṇaṃ evamāhaṭaṃ –
‘‘Brāhmaṇaganthesu gabbhaghātavācakaṃ bhrūnahāti padaṃ pāḷiyaṃ bhūnahu (bhūnahano) iti dissati. Māgaṇḍiyasutte bhariyāya methunasaṃvāsābhāvena uppajjanārahagabbhassa nāsakattaṃ sandhāya māgaṇḍiyo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ ‘bhūnahu (bhūnahano) samaṇo gotamo’ti [ma. ni. 2.207 ādayo] āha. Taṃ buddhaghoso na jānātīti pākaṭoyeva tadatthasaṃvaṇṇanāya. Tattha hi tena bhūnahunoti (bhūnahanassā) padaṃ ‘hatavaḍḍhino mariyādakārakassā’ti [ma. ni. aṭṭha. 2.207] vaṇṇita’’nti.
Tampi ayuttameva. Na hi māgaṇḍiyena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇāparibhogamattameva sandhāya bhūnahubhāvo vutto, atha kho channampi lokāmisārammaṇānaṃ aparibhogaṃ sandhāya vutto. Tasmiñhi sutte –
‘‘Cakkhuṃ kho māgaṇḍiya rūpārāmaṃ rūparataṃ rūpasammuditaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassa dantaṃ guttaṃ rakkhitaṃ saṃvutaṃ, tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti, idaṃ nu te etaṃ māgaṇḍiya sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ‘bhūnahu samaṇo gotamo’ti. Etadeva kho pana me bho gotama sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ‘bhūnahu samaṇo gotamo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu, evañhi no sutte ocaratīti…pe… mano kho māgaṇḍiya dhammārāmo dhammarato dhammasammudito, so tathāgatassa danto gutto rakkhito saṃvuto, tassa ca saṃvarāya dhammaṃ deseti, idaṃ nu te etaṃ māgaṇḍiya sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ‘bhūnahu samaṇo gotamo’ti. Etadeva kho pana me bho gotama sandhāya bhāsitaṃ ‘bhūnahu samaṇo gotamo’ti. Taṃ kissa hetu, evañhi no sutte ocaratī’’ti [ma. ni. 2.207 ādayo].
Evaṃ bhagavato ca anuyogo māgaṇḍiyassa ca paṭiññā āgatā.
Ettha hi methunappaṭisevanavasena phoṭṭhabbārammaṇaparibhogahetu eva gabbhapatiṭṭhānaṃ sambhavatīti tadaparibhogameva sandhāya ‘‘bhūnahū’’ti vattuṃ arahati, tadaññesaṃ pana pañcannaṃ rūpādiārammaṇānaṃ, tatthāpi visesato dhammārammaṇassa suddhamanoviññāṇena paribhogahetu natthi kiñci gabbhapatiṭṭhānanti tesaṃ aparibhogaṃ sandhāya bhūnahūti vattuṃ na arahatiyeva, māgaṇḍiyena pana sabbānipi tāni sandhāya vuttabhāvo paṭiññāto, kāraṇañcassa dassitaṃ ‘‘evañhi no sutte ocaratī’’ti. Tasmā kiñcāpi dāni brāhmaṇaganthesu bhūnahu- (bhrūnahā) saddo gabbhaghātanatthe dissati, māgaṇḍiyasutte paneso attho na yujjatīti ācariyena ‘‘hatavaḍḍhi mariyādakārako’’ti ayamevattho porāṇaṭṭhakathāya bhāsāparivattanavasena pakāsitoti veditabbo.
(Ga) punapi tena ‘‘idampana buddhaghosassa abrāhmaṇabhāvasādhakaṃ pacchimakāraṇaṃ, so hi visuddhimagge sīlaniddese (1, 31) brāhmaṇānaṃ parihāsaṃ karonto ‘evaṃ iminā piṇḍapātapaṭisevanena purāṇañca jighacchāvedanaṃ paṭihaṅkhāmi, navañca vedanaṃ aparimitabhojanapaccayaṃ āharahatthaka alaṃsāṭaka tatravaṭṭaka kākamāsaka bhuttavamitakabrāhmaṇānaṃ aññataro viya na uppādessāmīti paṭisevatī’ti āha. Idaṃ pana ekassa bhinnabrāhmaṇaladdhikassāpi vacanaṃ siyāti tadeva daḷhakāraṇaṃ katvā na sakkā ‘buddhaghoso abrāhmaṇo’ti vattu’’nti tatiyaṃ kāraṇaṃ vuttaṃ. Taṃ pana atisaṃvejanīyavacanameva. Na hetaṃ ācariyena brāhmaṇānaṃ parihāsaṃ kātukāmena vuttaṃ, na ca taṃ parihāsavacanena saṃyojetabbaṭṭhānaṃ, aññadatthu yathābhūtamatthaṃ dassetvā sabrahmacārīnaṃ ovādānusāsanidānavasena vattabbaṭṭhānaṃ, tathāyeva ca ācariyena vuttaṃ. Tathā hi ye loke paradattūpajīvino samaṇā vā brāhmaṇā vā aññe vāpi ca puggalā, te paccavekkhaṇañāṇarahitā asaṃvare ṭhitā kadāci atipaṇītaṃ rasaṃ pahūtaṃ laddhā aparimitampi bhuñjeyyuṃ, visesato pana brāhmaṇā lokikavatthuvasena ca, jātakādisāsanikavatthuvasena ca tādisā ahesunti pākaṭā. Imasmiñhi loke vassasatasahassehi vā vassakoṭīhi vā aparicchinnaddhāne ko sakkā vattuṃ ‘‘nedisā bhūtapubbā’’ti. Tasmā tādisehi viya na aparimitabhojanehi bhavitabbanti ovādānusāsanidānavaseneva vuttaṃ. Tadevaṃ atthasaṃhitampi samānaṃ ayonisomanasikaroto anatthameva jātaṃ, yathā sabhariyassa māgaṇḍiyabrāhmaṇassa anāgāmimaggaphalatthāyapi desitā gāthā [dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.sāmāvatīvatthu] tesaṃ dhītuyā anatthāya saṃvattatīti saṃvegoyevettha brūhetabboti.
已对照

钵颠阇梨之说考

Patañjalivādavicāraṇā
3缅 0.13已对照

三、其次,他对「诵习钵颠阇梨之说」这句话也这样考察。

(甲)「觉音对钵颠阇梨或其他北印度人的说法,只知道一点点。因为在钵颠阇梨诸说中,他只举出『微细、轻举』这两项[《清净道论》1.144],[因为他]不知道此外的《瑜伽经》;在他的典籍中也看不到对钵颠阇梨之说加以衡量的阐述;在那里,钵颠阇梨所造的论书,甚至『钵颠阇梨』这个名字,都没有提到。而在《清净道论》〈慧地的解说〉中,以『像原质论者的原质一样』[《清净道论》2.584]只显明了原质论(数论)这个名称;也正是在那里,举出了『因为在‘宗、因’等[语]中,世间[的论理家]称论式支分为因』[《清净道论》2.595];由此可知『觉音对于显明印度思辨之法的正理典籍,只知道一点根本部分,而且不完全』。」

然而那一切都只不过是对阿阇梨的毁谤罢了。因为为极为深奥、极应尊重、极为遍净的三藏作义释的人,应当显明的只是这样的义:极为遍净的圣典之理趣、义注之理趣与古长老之说;或者,凡是对义释有助益、与辨析语词相关的世俗典籍之语,也只应视情况加以显明;而不应[显明]那些没有助益的各种典籍及其作者之名,以及他们所说的许多话;也不能因为没有显明它们,就说「这位义注师不知道它们」。因为如果把自己所知道的每一部世俗典籍,即使没有助益,也全都引入自己的义注中加以显明,那部[义注]就会过于繁冗、不遍净,也不会被教内的智者们所尊重——应知正因如此,阿阇梨没有详细显明钵颠阇梨之说等。相反,智者们应当知道:阿阇梨从哪些世俗典籍中引来一些[话]加以显明,那些典籍以及其他类似的典籍都是阿阇梨所知道的;正如见到大海的一部分,就知道整个大海都是这样的。而阿阇梨每逢在出现与吠陀相关之语的地方,都会从吠陀典籍中也引来一些[话]加以显明。确实如此,阿阇梨在名为《吉祥悦意》的《长部义注》中[说]——

「『三吠陀(tiṇṇaṃ vedānaṃ)』者:即梨俱吠陀(iruveda)、夜柔吠陀(yajuveda)、娑摩吠陀(sāmaveda)。」[《长部义注》1.256]以及,

「『以古传说为第五(itihāsapañcamānaṃ)』者:以《阿闼婆吠陀》(āthabbaṇaveda)为第四,而以『如是曾有、如是曾有(itiha āsa)』这类语句相连属、称为古昔之说的『古传说(itihāsa)』为第五——[诸吠陀]以它为第五,故为『以古传说为第五的』,即那些以古传说为第五的诸吠陀。」[《长部义注》1.256]以及,

「所谓『供养(yiṭṭhaṃ)』,是说大供祭。」[《长部义注》1.170-172]以及,

「『火供(aggihomaṃ)』者:即以『用这样的木柴如此供养,便有某某[事]』[之想]而作的火祭。『木勺供』等也唯是火供,但因是依『以这样的木勺、用这样的米糠等供养,便有某某[事]』如此转起的,故别别而说。」[《长部义注》1.21]以及,

「而以口含取芥子等投入火中,或诵咒而祭供,[即]是『口祭(mukhahomaṃ)』。」[《长部义注》1.21]——

以诸如此类的方式,依照吠陀典籍解释了与吠陀相关的语句。这些[解释]也可能是从古义注以转换语言的方式所说的;但对吠陀典籍不精通的人,就连如实地转换语言也不容易,所以阿阇梨精通吠陀典籍这一点也是很明显的。应知:[阿阇梨]虽然这样精通吠陀典籍以及其他世俗典籍,却不详细显明它们,正是出于前面所说的理由。

而且,阿阇梨在自己典籍的开头就[说]——

「并且从那[些义注]中只舍去别的语言,

把详说之道加以简略;

把一切抉择毫无遗漏地[收入]……乃至……

由于这部释义也将[是如此的]。」[《波罗夷义注》1〈序论〉]以及,

「我从那[义注]中除去师子洲语,[而将它]升入悦意之语(manoramā bhāsā)——

[升入那]契合圣典(tanti)之法则、离于过失的[语];

[并]不违背诸长老的宗义(samaya)——[他们]是长老世系的明灯、

抉择极为精微、住于大寺者;

舍去一再重来之义,我将显明[其]义。」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉]——

如是,[阿阇梨]先作了「我将仅以转换古义注的语言并加以简略的方式而使之有别,造作新的义注」这样的声明,然后正是如所声明的那样做了;也应知[他]并不是以自己的智慧之力而使之有别的。所以,就义注中没有详细显明钵颠阇梨之说等而说「觉音不完全知道钵颠阇梨之说等」,这只不过是对阿阇梨的毁谤罢了。

3. Atha tena ‘‘pātañjalīmataṃ parivattetī’’ti vacanampi evaṃ vicāritaṃ.
(Ka) ‘‘buddhaghoso patañjalissa vā aññesaṃ vā uttaraindiyaraṭṭhikānaṃ vādaṃ appakameva aññāsi. Patañjalivādesu hi aṇimā laghimāti idameva dvayaṃ dassesi [visuddhi. 1.144] tatuttari yogasuttaṃ ajānanto, patañjalivādassa ca tuletvā dīpanā tassa ganthesu na dissati, patañjalinā katapakaraṇañca patañjalīti nāmamattampi ca tattha dīpitaṃ natthi. Visuddhimagge pana paññābhūminiddese ‘pakativādīnaṃ pakati viyā’ti [visuddhi. 2.584] pakativāda (saṃkhyāvāda) nāmamattaṃ pakāsitaṃ, tattheva ca ‘paṭiññā hetūtiādīsu hi loke vacanāvayavo hetūti vuccatī’ti [visuddhi. 2.595] udāharitaṃ, tena ñāyati ‘buddhaghoso indiyatakkanayadīpake ñāyaganthasmiṃ kiñci mūlabhāgamattaṃ aparipuṇṇaṃ jānātī’ti’’.
Taṃ pana sabbampi kevalaṃ ācariyassa abbhācikkhaṇamattameva. Atigambhīrassa hi atigarukātabbassa suparisuddhassa piṭakattayassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena suparisuddhoyeva pāḷinayo ca aṭṭhakathānayo ca porāṇatheravādā cāti īdisāyeva atthā pakāsetabbā, yaṃ vā pana atthasaṃvaṇṇanāya upakārakaṃ saddavinicchayapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ lokiyaganthavacanaṃ, tadeva ca yathārahaṃ pakāsetabbaṃ, na pana anupakārānipi taṃtaṃganthatakkattunāmāni ca, tehi vuttavacanāni ca bahūni, na ca tesaṃ appakāsanena ‘‘na te aṭṭhakathācariyo jānātī’’ti vattabbo. Yadi hi yaṃ yaṃ lokiyaganthaṃ attanā jānāti, taṃ sabbaṃ anupakārampi attano aṭṭhakathāyamānetvā pakāseyya, ativitthārā ca sā bhaveyya aparisuddhā ca asammānitā ca sāsanikaviññūhīti ācariyena patañjalivādādayo na vitthārena pakāsitāti ñātabbaṃ, aññadatthu yehi yehi lokiyaganthehi kiñci kiñci ācariyena ānetvā pakāsitaṃ, te te ca ganthā, aññepi ca tādisā ācariyena ñātātveva jānitabbā viññūhi, yathā samuddassa ekadesaṃ disvā sabbopi samuddo edisoti ñāyati. Ācariyo pana yattha yattha vedapaṭisaṃyuttavacanāni āgatāni, tattha tattha vedaganthehipi kiñci kiñci ānetvā pakāsesiyeva. Tathā hi ācariyena sumaṅgalavilāsiniyaṃ nāma dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
‘‘Tiṇṇaṃ vedānanti iruvedayajuvedasāmavedāna’’nti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.256] ca,
‘‘Itihāsapañcamānanti athabbaṇavedaṃ catutthaṃ katvā itiha āsa itiha āsāti īdisavacanapaṭisaṃyutto purāṇakathāsaṅkhāto itihāso pañcamo etesanti itihāsapañcamā, tesaṃ itihāsapañcamānaṃ vedāna’’nti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.256] ca,
‘‘Yiṭṭhaṃ vuccati mahāyāgo’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.170-172] ca,
‘‘Aggihomanti evarūpena dārunā evaṃ hute idaṃ nāma hotīti aggijuhanaṃ. Dabbihomādīnipi aggihomāneva, evarūpāya dabbiyā īdisehi kaṇādīhi hute idaṃ nāma hotīti evaṃ pavattivasena pana visuṃ vuttānī’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.21] ca,
‘‘Sāsapādīni pana mukhena gahetvā aggimhi pakkhipanaṃ, vijjaṃ parijappitvā juhanaṃ vā mukhahoma’’nti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.21] ca –
Evamādinā vedapaṭisaṃyuttavacanāni vedaganthānurūpato vaṇṇitāni. Tāni ca porāṇaṭṭhakathāto bhāsāparivattanavasena vuttānipi bhaveyyuṃ, vedaganthesu pana akovidena yāthāvato bhāsāparivattanaṃ kātumpi na sukarameva, tasmā ācariyassa vedaganthesu kovidabhāvopi pākaṭoyeva. Evaṃ vedaganthesu ca tadaññalokiyaganthesu ca sukovidasseva samānassa tesaṃ vitthārato appakāsanaṃ yathāvuttakāraṇenevāti veditabbaṃ.
Api ca ācariyo attano ganthārambheyeva –
‘‘Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā,
Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā;
Vinicchayaṃ sabbamasesayitvā…pe…
Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpī’’ti [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca.
‘‘Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropetvā vigatadosaṃ.
Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsinaṃ;
Hitvā punappunāgata-matthaṃ atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca–
Evaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathānaṃ bhāsāparivattanasaṃkhipanavaseneva visesetvā abhinavaṭṭhakathāyo karissāmīti paṭiññaṃ katvā yathāpaṭiññātameva akāsi, na attano ñāṇappabhāvena visesetvātipi veditabbaṃ. Tasmā aṭṭhakathāsu patañjalivādādīnaṃ vitthārato appakāsanamārabbha ‘‘buddhaghoso patañjalivādādīni paripuṇṇaṃ na jānātī’’ti vacanaṃ kevalaṃ ācariyassa abbhācikkhaṇamattamevāti.
已对照

诗论考

Kabbasatthavicāraṇā
4已对照

四、他又这样说:「虽然看不出觉音精通称为《罗摩衍那》《摩诃婆罗多》的大诗论,但他还是提到了它们。怎样[提到]的呢?他提到:『‘说书’者:即巴拉答之战等[的讲述];[凡]在讲说[它]的地方,连去[那里]也是不许可的』[《长部义注》1.13],以及『它(杂秽语)有两个成立条件:以巴拉答之战、西妲被劫等无义之论为先,以及宣说那样的论』[《长部义注》1.8]。」

4. Punapi so evamāha ‘‘kiñcāpi buddhaghoso rāmāyaṇamahābhāratasaṅkhātānaṃ mahākabbasatthānaṃ sukusalo viya na dissati, tathāpi tāni dassesi. Kathaṃ? Akkhānanti bhāratayujjhanādikaṃ, taṃ yasmiṃ ṭhāne kathīyati, tattha gantumpi na vaṭṭatīti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.13] ca, tassa (samphapalāpassa) dve sambhārā bhāratayuddhasītāharaṇādiniratthakakathāpurekkhāratā tathārūpikathākathanañcāti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.8] ca dassesī’’ti.
已对照

然而那比前面的话更加没有理由,只不过是不尊重罢了。因为在为义理极为深奥、极应尊重的三藏作义释时,详细显明由无义的杂秽语积聚而成的诗论,会有什么用处呢?相反,正是那[做法]会使它不被智者们所尊重、所敬重。

Taṃ pana purimavacanatopi ahetukataraṃ kevalaṃ anādarīkaraṇamattameva. Atigambhīratthassa hi atigarukaraṇīyassa piṭakattayassa atthasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ niratthakassa samphapalāpasamudāyabhūtassa kabbasatthassa vitthārato pakāsanena kiṃ siyā payojanaṃ, aññadatthu sāyevassa asammānitā, anādariyā ca viññūhīti.
已对照

对多闻功德的贬抑

Bāhusaccaguṇamakkhanaṃ
5已对照

五、法喜又想贬抑阿阇梨的多闻功德,这样说:「他(觉音)称为通晓他宗的多闻,并不比现代通晓他书的师子洲比丘们,或公元第十一个百年(1001 至 1100 年)出现的南印度阿那律、护法等比丘更高。」

5. Punapi dhammānando ācariyassa bāhusaccaguṇaṃ makkhetukāmo evamāha – ‘‘tassa (buddhaghosassa) samayantarakovidasaṅkhātaṃ bāhusaccaṃ na tato uttaritaraṃ hoti, yaṃ ādhunikānaṃ ganthantarakovidānaṃ sīhaḷikabhikkhūnaṃ yaṃ vā ekādasame kharistavassasatake (1001-1100) uppannānaṃ dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhikānaṃ anuruddha-dhammapālādīnaṃ bhikkhūna’’nti.
缅 0.16已对照

然而那无论如何都是不合理的话。因为如果现代的师子洲比丘们,或古代的阿阇梨阿那律、护法长老等,在通晓他宗的多闻方面与阿阇梨觉音相等或比他更高,他们就会不满足于阿阇梨觉音长老的义注,而造作比它更好、更圆满的新义注;然而他们并没有这样做。不但没有这样做,而且他们当中没有一人这样说过:「我在多闻方面与觉音完全相等」或「比他更高」;相反,他们只是解释并护持阿阇梨的义注,并且把[他]置于阿阇梨的地位。由此可知,那无论如何都是不合理的话。

Taṃ pana sabbathāpi ayuttavacanameva. Yadi hi ādhunikā vā sīhaḷikabhikkhū, porāṇā vā ācariyaanuruddha-dhammapālattherādayo samayantarabāhusaccavasena ācariyabuddhaghosena samānā vā uttaritarā vā bhaveyyuṃ, te ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa aṭṭhakathāhi anāraddhacittā hutvā tato sundaratarā paripuṇṇatarā ca abhinavaṭṭhakathāyo kareyyuṃ, na pana te tathā karonti, na kevalaṃ na karontiyeva, atha kho tesaṃ ekopi na evaṃ vadati ‘‘ahaṃ buddhaghosena bāhusaccavasena samasamoti vā uttaritaro’’ti vā, aññadatthu te ācariyassa aṭṭhakathāyoyeva saṃvaṇṇenti ca upatthambhenti ca, ācariyaṭṭhāne ca ṭhapenti. Tenetaṃ ñāyati sabbathāpi ayuttavacananti.
已对照

大乘之说考

Mahāyānikanayavicāraṇā
6缅 0.17已对照

六、他连那些都还不满足,又轻视阿阇梨,这样说:「大乘部的主要阿阇梨马鸣、龙树的理趣,甚至他们的名字,觉音大概都不知道。」然而那只不过是极不如法、无意义的指责之语罢了。因为不能因为[他]没有在自己的义注中显明他部的诸说理趣,就说他不知道它们。阿阇梨不是在诸阿含义注的开头就——

「[并]不违背诸长老的宗义(samaya)——[他们]是长老世系的明灯、

抉择极为精微、住于大寺者」,以及

在这部《清净道论》中也[说]——

「依止住大寺者说法方式的——

清净道,我将宣说」[《清净道论》1.2],以及

「作它的义释者,须进入分别说者之众,不诽谤诸阿阇梨,不越出自宗,不营求他宗,不排拒经,随顺律,观察诸大教法,显明法,摄集义,把同一义重述,并以其他别的理趣来解说——由于须如此作义释」[《清净道论》2.581],以及

「然而这教法以种种说法方式为庄严,

而且前代诸阿阇梨之道未断绝地转起;

由于[如此],所以依止这两者,

我将发起它的义释」[《清净道论》2.581],以及

——先作了声明,然后正是依所声明的方式造作了诸义注吗?这里也应显明如此造作它们的原因;所以现在为了显明它,我们也将讲述从正等正觉者般涅槃之时起,直到阿阇梨觉音的时代为止,教法流传的次第。

6. Puna so tāvattakenāpi asantuṭṭho ācariyaṃ avamaññanto evamāha – ‘‘mahāyānanikāyassa padhānācariyabhūtānaṃ assa ghosa-nāgajjunānaṃ nayaṃ vā, nāmamattampi vā tesaṃ na jānāti maññe buddhaghoso’’ti. Taṃ pana ativiya adhammikaṃ niratthakañca niggahavacanamattameva. Na hi nikāyantarikānaṃ vādanayānaṃ attano aṭṭhakathāyaṃ appakāsanena so te na jānātīti sakkā vattuṃ. Nanu ācariyena āgamaṭṭhakathāsu ganthārambheyeva –
‘‘Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsina’’nti ca,
Idhāpi visuddhimagge –
‘‘Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, desanānayanissitaṃ;
Visuddhimaggaṃ bhāsissa’’nti [visuddhi. 1.2] ca,
‘‘Tassā atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ karontena vibhajjavādimaṇḍalaṃ otaritvā ācariye anabbhācikkhantena sakasamayaṃ avokkamantena parasamayaṃ anāyūhantena suttaṃ appaṭibāhantena vinayaṃ anulomentena mahāpadese olokentena dhammaṃ dīpentena atthaṃ saṅgāhentena tamevatthaṃ punarāvattetvā aparehipi pariyāyantarehi niddisantena ca yasmā atthasaṃvaṇṇanā kātabbā hotī’’ti [visuddhi. 2.581] ca,
‘‘Sāsanaṃ panidaṃ nānā-desanānayamaṇḍitaṃ;
Pubbācariyamaggo ca, abbocchinno pavattati;
Yasmā tasmā tadubhayaṃ, sannissāyatthavaṇṇanaṃ;
Ārabhissāmi etassā’’ti [visuddhi. 2.581] ca,
Paṭiññaṃ katvā yathāpaṭiññātappakāreneva aṭṭhakathāyo katā. Evametāsaṃ karaṇe kāraṇampettha pakāsetabbaṃ, tasmā dāni tampakāsanatthaṃ sammāsambuddhassa parinibbutikālato paṭṭhāya yāva ācariyabuddhaghosassa kālo, tāva sāsanappavattikkamampi vakkhāma.
已对照

教法流传的次第

Sāsanappavattikkamo
30缅 0.18已对照

自世尊般涅槃之时以后,在一百年之内,佛的教法中没有任何所谓论说的分裂。但到了一百年之时,被作第二次结集的长老们驱逐的跋耆子比丘们得到了党羽,把法与律改作别样,以「大结集」之名另行结集。那时,只接受已登上两次结集的古传法与律的长老之众,被称为上座部;其余的人被称为大众部。

此后,从大众部又生出(1)鸡胤部、(2)一说部两个师派。此后,从鸡胤部又生出(3)说假部、(4)多闻部(bāhulika,又作 bahussutika)两个[师派]。此后,从多闻部也生出了(5)制多山部这一众。这样,这五[派]连同作为根本的大众部,共有六个各自独立的师派。

从清净上座部也生出(1)化地部、(2)犊子部两个师派。此后,从化地部又生出(3)说一切有部、(4)法藏部两个[师派]。此后,从说一切有部也生出(5)饮光部,从它又生出(6)说转部,从它又生出(7)经量部,[共]三个。从犊子部也生出(8)法上部、(9)贤胄部、(10)密林山部、(11)正量部四个[师派]。这样,这十一[派]连同作为根本的清净上座部,共有十二个师派。如是,这十二[派]与前面的六[派],共十八个师派,是在第二次与第三次结集之间产生的。

它们之中,唯有作为根本的上座部之众尊重古传的法与律,受持了不减不增、纯一圆满、清净的古传法与律;其余十七个分裂之众,则把古传的法与律改作了别样。因此,他们的法与律有处减少、有处增多,既不圆满,也不清净。所以《岛史》第五章中说——

Bhagavato hi parinibbutikālato pacchā vassasatabbhantare buddhasāsane kocipi vādabhedo nāma natthi. Vassasatakāle pana dutiyasaṅgītikārehi therehi nikkaḍḍhitā vajjiputtakā bhikkhū pakkhaṃ labhitvā dhammañca vinayañca aññathā katvā mahāsaṅgītināmena visuṃ saṅgītimakaṃsu. Tadā saṅgītidvayārūḷhapurāṇadhammavinayameva sampaṭicchantānaṃ therānaṃ gaṇo theravādoti ca tadaññesaṃ mahāsaṅghikoti ca voharīyanti.
Puna mahāsaṅghikato (1) gokuliko (2) ekabyohārikoti dve ācariyagaṇā uppannā. Puna gokulikato (3) paññattivādo (4) bāhuliko (bahussutiko)ti dve uppannā. Puna bāhulikatopi (5) cetiyavādigaṇo uppannoti ete pañca mūlabhūtena mahāsaṅghikena saha cha pāṭiyekkā ācariyagaṇā ahesuṃ.
Visuddhattheravādatopi (1) mahisāsako (2) vajjiputtakoti dve ācariyagaṇā uppannā. Puna mahisāsakato (3) sabbatthivādo (4) dhammaguttikoti dve uppannā. Puna sabbatthivādatopi (5) kassapiyo, tatopi (6) saṅkantiko, tatopi (7) suttavādīti tayo uppannā. Vajjiputtakatopi (8) dhammottariyo (9) bhaddayāniko (10) channāgāriko (11) sammitiyoti cattāro uppannāti te ekādasa mūlabhūtena visuddhattheravādena saha dvādasa ācariyagaṇā ahesuṃ. Iti ime ca dvādasa purimā ca chāti aṭṭhārasa ācariyagaṇā dutiyatatiyasaṅgītīnaṃ antare jātā ahesuṃ.
Tesu mūlabhūto theravādagaṇoyeva porāṇadhammavinayagaruko hutvā anūnamanadhikaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ porāṇikaṃ dhammavinayaṃ dhāresi. Itare pana sattarasa bhinnagaṇā porāṇikaṃ dhammavinayaṃ aññathā akaṃsu. Tena tesaṃ dhammavinayo katthaci ūno katthaci adhiko hutvā aparipuṇṇo ceva ahosi aparisuddho ca. Tena vuttaṃ dīpavaṃse pañcamaparicchede –
30.
31已对照

三十、

「被长老们驱逐的恶比丘跋耆子们,

得了另一党,说非法者人数众多。

‘‘Nikkaḍḍhitā pāpabhikkhū, therehi vajjiputtakā;
Aññaṃ pakkhaṃ labhitvāna, adhammavādī bahū janā.
31.
已对照

三十一、

Dasasahassā samāgantvā, akaṃsu dhammasaṅgahaṃ;
已对照

一万人集会,作了法的编集;

Tasmāyaṃ dhammasaṅgīti, mahāsaṅgītīti vuccati.
32已对照

因此这次法的结集,称为『大结集』。

32.
33已对照

三十二、

大结集派的比丘们,在教法中作了颠倒之事;

破坏了根本的编集,另作了别的编集。

Mahāsaṅgītikā bhikkhū, vilomaṃ akaṃsu sāsane;
Bhinditvā mūlasaṅgahaṃ, aññaṃ akaṃsu saṅgahaṃ.
33.
49已对照

三十三、

在一处编集的经,他们挪到了别处;

他们破坏了义与法,在律中,也在五部中……乃至……

Aññatra saṅgahitaṃ suttaṃ, aññatra akariṃsu te;
Atthaṃ dhammañca bhindiṃsu, vinaye nikāyesu ca pañcasu…pe…
49.
50已对照

四十九、

他们破坏了义与法,以及编集的一部分;

又舍弃了典籍的一部分,另作了别的。

Atthaṃ dhammañca bhindiṃsu, ekadesañca saṅgahaṃ;
Ganthañca ekadesañhi, chaḍḍetvā aññaṃ akaṃsu te.
50.
51已对照

五十、

名称、标志、资具,以及威仪与应作之事——

他们舍弃了本来的样子,把它也改作了别样。

Nāmaṃ liṅgaṃ parikkhāraṃ, ākappakaraṇīyāni ca;
Pakatibhāvaṃ jahitvā, tañca aññaṃ akaṃsu te.
51.
已对照

五十一、

Sattarasa bhinnavādā, ekavādo abhinnako;
已对照

十七个是分裂之部,一个部未分裂;

Sabbevaṭṭhārasa honti, bhinnavādena te saha.
52已对照

连同分裂之部,他们一共是十八[部]。

52.
53已对照

五十二、

如同大榕树,上座[部]是诸部中最上的——

无减也无增,纯一的胜者教法;

犹如树上生出的刺,[便是]其余诸部。

Nigrodhova mahārukkho, thera vādānamuttamo;
Anūnaṃ anadhikañca, kevalaṃ jinasāsanaṃ;
Kaṇṭakā viya rukkhamhi, nibbattā vādasesakā.
53.
缅 0.19已对照

五十三、

第一个百年中没有,在第二个百年之内,

十七个分裂之部,在胜者的教法中生起。」[《论事义注》〈因缘论〉]

在阿育王之时,失去了利养与恭敬的外道们希求利养与恭敬,便在比丘中出家,各自宣扬自己的见执:「这是法,这是律,这是导师之教。」他们即使在比丘们那里得不到出家,也自己剃了头发,披上袈裟衣,在诸寺中游走,到作布萨业等的时候,便进入僧团中间。他们虽被比丘僧团依法、依律、依导师之教加以抑制,仍不安住于随顺法与律的行道,给教法生出种种肿疡、污垢与荆棘:有的事火,有的修五热炙身,有的随着太阳转,有的[想着]「我们要破坏法与律」,便如此这般地卖力。那时,比丘僧团不与他们一起作布萨或自恣;在阿育僧园,布萨中断了七年[《论事义注》〈因缘论〉;《波罗夷义注》1〈第三次结集论〉]。

依据这件事,也可以这样理解:「十七个分裂之部的诸众,其法与律在后来时代更不清净,也是由于这样的原因。」因为,在作为佛的教法的清净法与律中,「除涅槃界之外,没有任何所谓常、恒、永恒的[东西];在胜义上,自我也不存在;一切诸行都是无常、不恒、不永恒,都只是无我」,这个意义虽然极为明显,然而如今在非上座部者的典籍中,以及从前的方广说等中,却见到「佛陀是常、恒、永恒的自我」与「一切众生都是常、恒、永恒的自我」这样的意义。

于是,法王阿育想要净化教法,先在目犍连子帝须长老那里学了宗义,然后把同一主张的比丘各自集在一处,逐一召来每一群比丘,问道:「尊者,正等正觉者是什么论者?」这时,凡是以「正等正觉者是常见论者」或「是一分常见论者」等等,各依自己的论说说出邪说的,[国王]就如实知道「这些不是比丘,这些是外道」,给了他们白衣,令他们还俗。他们一共约有六万人。

然后[国王]问其他比丘,他们说「大王,正等正觉者是分别说者」,[国王]便说「尊者,现在教法清净了,请比丘僧团作布萨吧」,又给予守护,然后进城去了。和合的僧团集会,作了布萨。在那次集会中,目犍连子帝须长老为了遮止当时已生起的与将来会生起的一切事端,正依导师所给的方法,分别如来所立的论母,说了摧破他说的、名为《论事》的、论藏中的第五部论。然后,以目犍连子帝须长老为首、受持三藏教理、证得已通达之无碍解的一千位上座部比丘,把已登上两次结集的清净古传法与律再次结集,善加守护[《波罗夷义注》1〈第三次结集论〉]。

此后,目犍连子帝须长老为了在九处边地建立教法,选出九位为首的长老,派遣出去。其中八位长老各自去到所到之处,建立了佛的教法;马哈玛欣德长老则在佛历二百三十六(236)年从阎浮提去到师子洲,令以天爱帝须王为首的洲民之众生起净信,确立了佛的教法,又接受了那位国王所施的大云林园,在那里建立了名为大寺的僧园[《波罗夷义注》1〈第三次结集论〉]。从那时起,直到伐多伽摩尼王之时,师子洲的佛的教法没有其他部派之说的混杂,无垢、极为清净而光耀。但从伐多伽摩尼王之时开始,其他部派之说也来到了师子洲。那时,清净上座部者们以大努力善加守护古传的法与律,使它不与那些其他部派之说相混杂、不被污染、保持本来的清净。怎样[守护]呢?

Paṭhame vassasate natthi, dutiye vassasatantare;
Bhinnā sattarasa vādā, uppannā jinasāsane’’ti [kathā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā].
Asokarañño ca kāle parihīnalābhasakkārā aññatitthiyā lābhasakkāraṃ patthayamānā bhikkhūsu pabbajitvā sakāni sakāni diṭṭhigatāni dīpenti ‘‘ayaṃ dhammo, ayaṃ vinayo, idaṃ satthusāsana’’nti. Bhikkhūnaṃ santike pabbajjaṃ alabhamānāpi sayameva kese chinditvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā vihāresu vicarantā uposathakammādikaraṇakāle saṅghamajjhaṃ pavisanti, te bhikkhusaṅghena dhammena vinayena satthusāsanena niggayhamānāpi dhammavinayānulomāya paṭipattiyā asaṇṭhahantā anekarūpaṃ sāsanassa abbudañca malañca kaṇṭakañca samuṭṭhāpenti. Keci aggiṃ paricaranti, keci pañcātape tapanti, keci ādiccaṃ anuparivattanti, keci dhammañca vinayañca vobhindissāmāti tathā tathā paggaṇhanti. Tadā bhikkhusaṅgho na tehi saddhiṃ uposathaṃ vā pavāraṇaṃ vā akāsi, asokārāme satta vassāni uposatho upacchijji [kathā. aṭṭha. nidānakathā; pārā. aṭṭha. 1.tatiyasaṅgītikathā].
Imañca pana pavattiṃ upādāya evampi sakkā gahetuṃ ‘‘sattarasannaṃ bhinnavādagaṇānaṃ dhammavinayassa pacchimakālesu aparisuddhatarabhāvo īdisenapi kāraṇena ahosī’’ti. Kiñcāpi hi buddhasāsanabhūte parisuddhadhammavinaye ‘‘kocipi nicco dhuvo sassato nāma natthi aññatra nibbānadhātuyā, paramatthato attāpi natthi, sabbepi saṅkhārā aniccā addhuvā asassatā anattāyevā’’ti attho ativiya pākaṭo hoti, tathāpi dāni atheravādikānaṃ ganthesu ca pubbe vetullavādādīsu ca ‘‘buddho nicco dhuvo sassato attā’’ti ca, ‘‘sabbepi sattā niccā dhuvā sassatā attā’’ti ca attho dissati.
Atha asoko dhammarājā sāsanaṃ visodhetukāmo moggaliputtatissattherassa santike paṭhamameva samayaṃ uggaṇhitvā ekaladdhike ekaladdhike bhikkhū ekato kāretvā ekamekaṃ bhikkhusamūhaṃ pakkosāpetvā pucchi ‘‘kiṃ vādī bhante sammāsambuddho’’ti. Tato ye ye ‘‘sammāsambuddho sassatavādī’’ti vā, ‘‘ekaccasassatavādī’’ti vā evamādinā attano attano vādānurūpaṃ micchāvādaṃ āhaṃsu, te te ‘‘nayime bhikkhū, aññatitthiyā ime’’ti tathato ñatvā tesaṃ setakāni vatthāni datvā uppabbājesi. Te sabbepi saṭṭhisahassamattā ahesuṃ.
Athaññe bhikkhū pucchitvā tehi ‘‘vibhajjavādī mahārāja sammāsambuddho’’ti vutte ‘‘suddhaṃ dāni bhante sāsanaṃ, karotu bhikkhusaṅgho uposatha’’nti vatvā ārakkhañca datvā nagaraṃ pāvisi. Samaggo saṅgho sannipatitvā uposathaṃ akāsi. Tasmiṃ samāgame moggaliputtatissatthero yāni ca tadā uppannāni vatthūni yāni ca āyatiṃ uppajjissanti, sabbesampi tesaṃ paṭibāhanatthaṃ satthārā dinnanayavaseneva tathāgatena ṭhapitamātikaṃ vibhajanto parappavādamaddanaṃ kathāvatthuṃ nāma abhidhammapiṭake pañcamaṃ pakaraṇaṃ abhāsi. Tato moggaliputtatissattherappamukhā tipiṭakapariyattidharā pabhinnapaṭisambhidāpattā sahassaṃ bhikkhū theravādino saṅgītidvayārūḷhaṃ parisuddhaṃ porāṇadhammavinayaṃ puna saṅgāyitvā surakkhitaṃ rakkhiṃsu [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.tatiyasaṅgītikathā].
Atha moggaliputtatissatthero navasu paccantaṭṭhānesu sāsanapatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ nava nāyakatthere uccinitvā pesesi. Tesu aṭṭhahi therehi attano attano pattaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā buddhasāsane patiṭṭhāpite mahāmahindatthero chattiṃsādhikadvisate (236) buddhavasse jambudīpato sīhaḷadīpaṃ gantvā devānaṃpiyatissarājappamukhaṃ dīpakajanasamūhaṃ pasādetvā buddhasāsanaṃ sampatiṭṭhāpesi, tena ca raññā dinnaṃ mahāmeghavanuyyānaṃ paṭiggahetvā tattha mahāvihāraṃ nāma saṅghārāmaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.tatiyasaṅgītikathā]. Tato pabhuti sīhaḷadīpe buddhasāsanaṃ yāva vaṭṭagāmaṇirājakālā nikāyantaravādākularahitaṃ nimmalaṃ suparisuddhaṃ hutvā samujjalittha. Vaṭṭagāmaṇirājakālato pana paṭṭhāya nikāyantaravādāpi sīhaḷadīpamupāgamiṃsu. Tadā visuddhattheravādino yathā purāṇadhammavinayo tehi nikāyantaravādehi asammisso amalīno pakatiparisuddho hutvā tiṭṭheyya, tathā taṃ mahussāhena surakkhitaṃ rakkhiṃsu. Kathaṃ?
已对照

无畏山派的兴起

Abhayagirinikāyuppatti
缅 0.21已对照

伐多伽摩尼王(佛历 425 年)登上王位,约五个月之时,受到叛乱者婆罗门帝须与七名达弥罗武士的侵扰,又在战场上战败,于是出逃,隐匿了十四年多,以别人的装束过活[《大史》第 33 章第 37 偈起]。那时,楞伽洲的人们受到盗贼之怖与饥馑之怖的侵扰,无法以四资具供养比丘们,因此比丘们大多从那里去到阎浮提,受持法与律而住。留在楞伽洲的长老们,则以所得到的块茎、根与叶维生:身体撑得住时,就坐着诵习教理之法;撑不住时,就堆起沙堆,围着它坐,把头聚在一处,温习教理。就这样,他们在十二年间把含义注的三藏无所遗失地受持了下来。后来,伐多伽摩尼王杀了达弥罗王(佛历 455 至 466 年间),再次统治国家[《大史》第 33 章第 78 偈]。那时,这些长老与从阎浮提回来的长老们一起校勘三藏,连一个不相合的字也没有见到[《增支部义注》1.1.130;《分别论义注》810]。又,当时只有一位破戒比丘熟习的《大义释》,也由大三藏长老令大罗吉多长老从他那里学得,而得以保存[《波罗夷义注》2.585]。就这样,他们虽受饥馑、国乱与灾患的逼迫,即使在难以受持的时期,仍恭敬地受持了法与律。

Vaṭṭagāmaṇirājā hi (425-buddhavasse) rajjaṃ patvā pañcamāsamattakāle brāhmaṇatissadāmarikena sattahi ca damiḷayodhehi upadduto saṅgāme ca parājito palāyitvā sādhikāni cuddasavassāni nilīyitvā aññataravesena vasati [mahāvaṃse 33-paricchede 37-gāthāto paṭṭhāya]. Tadā laṅkādīpe manussā corabhayena dubbhikkhabhayena ca upaddutā bhikkhūnaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhātuṃ na sakkonti, tena bhikkhū yebhuyyena tato jambudīpaṃ gantvā dhammavinayaṃ dhārentā viharanti. Laṅkādīpeyeva ohīnāpi therā yathāladdhehi kandamūlapaṇṇehi yāpentā kāye vahante nisīditvā pariyattidhammaṃ sajjhāyaṃ karonti, avahante vālukaṃ ussāpetvā taṃ parivāretvā sīsāni ekaṭṭhāne katvā pariyattiṃ sammasanti. Evaṃ dvādasa saṃvaccharāni sāṭṭhakathaṃ tepiṭakaṃ ahāpetvā dhārayiṃsu. Yadā pana vaṭṭagāmaṇirājā damiḷarājānaṃ hantvā (455-466 buddhavassabbhantare) punapi rajjaṃ kāresi [mahāvaṃse 33, 78-gāthā]. Tadā te therā jambudīpato paccāgatattherehi saddhiṃ tepiṭakaṃ sodhentā ekakkharampi asamentaṃ nāma na passiṃsu [a. ni. aṭṭha. 1.1.130; vibha. aṭṭha. 810]. Yopi ca mahāniddeso tasmiṃ kāle ekasseva dussīlabhikkhuno paguṇo ahosi, sopi mahātipiṭakattherena mahārakkhitattheraṃ tassa santikā uggaṇhāpetvā rakkhito ahosi [pārā. aṭṭha. 2.585]. Evaṃ dubbhikkharaṭṭhakkhobhupaddavehi pīḷitattā duddharasamayepi dhammavinayaṃ sakkaccaṃ dhārayiṃsu.
已对照

国王建造了名为无畏山的寺,施给了从前曾帮助过他的大帝须长老。但这位长老因多与俗家交往,被住大寺的比丘们作了驱出羯磨而逐出。那时,他的弟子、名叫浓须帝须的长老反对那个羯磨,僧团因此对他作了举罪羯磨。他对住大寺者心怀忿怒,便去了无畏山寺,与那位大帝须长老合在一起,另领一众而住。这两位长老再也没有回到大寺[《大史》第 33 章第 79 偈等;《部派集》]。从那时起,师子洲上形成了住大寺者与住无畏山者两派。这是师子洲教法衰损的第一个原因。

Rājā abhayagiriṃ nāma vihāraṃ kāretvā attano katūpakārapubbassa mahātissattherassa adāsi. So pana thero kulasaṃsaggabahulattā mahāvihāravāsīhi bhikkhūhi pabbājanīyakammaṃ katvā nīhaṭo. Tadāssa sisso bahalamassutissanāmako thero taṃ kammaṃ paṭibāhi, tenassa saṅgho ukkhepanīyakammaṃ akāsi. So mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ kujjhitvā abhayagirivihārameva gantvā tena mahātissattherena ekato hutvā visuṃ gaṇaṃ vahanto vasi. Te ca dve therā na mahāvihāraṃ punāgamiṃsu [mahāvaṃse 33, 79-gāthādīsu. nikāyasaṅgahe]. Tato paṭṭhāya sīhaḷadīpe mahāvihāravāsī, abhayagirivāsīti dve nikāyājātā. Idaṃ tāva sīhaḷadīpe sāsanaparihāniyā paṭhamaṃ kāraṇaṃ.
已对照

法喜派的兴起

Dhammarucinikāyuppatti
缅 0.22已对照

那时,国王特别对住无畏山的比丘们生起净信,唯独以四资具邀请他们[随需取用],扶持他们;王与大臣等许多知名的人,也在那座僧园与别处造了许多住处,施给他们。这样,住无畏山的比丘们受到许多知名人士的恭敬、供养与尊重。后来,住无畏山的浓须帝须长老等人,又接受了从印度传来的、属于犊子部之众的法喜派的法与律——一部写成梵语的新藏[《大史》第 33 章第 99 偈;《部派集》],因此他们也被称为法喜派。这是师子洲教法衰损的第二个原因。

Tadā ca rājā abhayagirivāsīsuyeva bhikkhūsu visesato pasanno hutvā teyeva catūhi paccayehi pavāretvā paggaṇhāti, rājamahāmattādayopi abhiññātā abhiññātā bahū janā tasmiñca ārāme aññattha ca bahū āvāse katvā tesaṃ denti. Evaṃ abhayagirivāsino bhikkhū bahūnaṃ abhiññātajanānaṃ sakkatā ceva honti pūjitā ca mānitā ca. Puna ca abhayagirivāsino bahalamassutissattherādayoindiyaraṭṭhato āgataṃ vajjiputtakagaṇapariyāpannassa dhammarucinikāyassa dhammavinayabhūtaṃ sakkatabhāsāropitaṃ abhinavampi piṭakaṃ sampaṭicchanti [mahāvaṃse 33, 99 gāthāsu. nikāyasaṅgahe], tena tepi dhammarucinikāyikā nāma ahesuṃ. Idaṃ sīhaḷadīpe sāsanaparihāniyā dutiyaṃ kāraṇaṃ.
已对照

三藏书于贝叶

Piṭakattayassa potthakāropanaṃ
已对照

然而住大寺者只接受以圣典语(pāḷibhāsā)确立的古传清净之藏,并且只以口诵受持它。但那时,长老们见到后世之人念与慧的衰退,便着手把从佛陀时代直到那时一直以口诵传来的含义注的三藏书写成册。着手时,他们住在距阿㝹罗陀王都约六十八英里的摩罗耶地方摩都罗[现今称为摩多勒]城的光明窟,得到当地一位地方之主的守护,作了那书写成册的事业[《大史》第 33 章第 100–101 偈]。由此可知:「那时住大寺的长老们没有得到国王与大臣们的援助,是凭自己的力量作了三藏书写成册的事业」;又「正如它是见到后世之人念与慧的衰退而作的,同样也是见到在饥馑、国乱等怖畏侵扰之时[三藏]难以受持而作的」;同样,「也是为了不与住无畏山者所接受的异说相混杂而作的」。就这样,住大寺的长老们为了使清净上座部之藏不与异说相混杂,如从前一样,仍只用圣典语书写成册,善加守护。因为,如果那时三藏没有书写成册,后来对于从异说传来的经,要以「这些不是我们的」加以驳斥,就不容易了。正因为那时含义注的三藏已书写成册,所以在未来的时代,把从异说传来的经与那些书册对照,就容易驳斥了。

Mahāvihāravāsino pana porāṇikaṃ pāḷibhāsāya saṇṭhitaṃ parisuddhapiṭakameva paṭiggaṇhanti, tañca mukhapāṭheneva dhārenti. Tadā pana therā pacchimajanānaṃ satipaññāhāniṃ disvā buddhakālato paṭṭhāya yāva taṃkālā mukhapāṭhenābhataṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ piṭakattayaṃ potthake āropetuṃ samārabhiṃsu. Samārabhamānā ca te anurādharājadhānipurato aṭṭhasaṭṭhimilappamāṇe malayajanapade mātula [mātale iti etarahi vohāro] nagare ālokaleṇe vasantā ekassa tandesikassa janapadādhipatino ārakkhaṃ gahetvā taṃ potthakāropanakammamakaṃsu [mahāvaṃse 33, 100-101-gāthāsu]. Tenidaṃ ñāyati ‘‘tadā mahāvihāravāsino therā rājarājamahāmattehi aladdhūpakārā hutvā attano baleneva piṭakattayassa potthakāropanakammamakaṃsū’’ti ca, ‘‘tañca yatheva pacchimajanānaṃ satipaññāhāniṃ disvā kataṃ, tatheva dubbhikkharaṭṭhakkhobhādibhayupaddutakālesu duddharabhāvampi disvā’’ti ca, tathā ‘‘abhayagirivāsīnaṃ sampaṭicchitasamayantaravādehi anākulanatthampi kata’’nti ca. Evaṃ mahāvihāravāsino therā parisuddhattheravādapiṭakaṃ samayantarehi asammissanatthāya yathā pure, tathā pāḷibhāsāya eva potthake āropetvāpi surakkhitaṃ rakkhiṃsu. Yadi hi tadā tepiṭakaṃ potthakesu anāropitamassa, pacchākālesu samayantarato āgatasuttāni ‘‘netāni amhāka’’nti paṭikkhipituṃ na sukarāni bhaveyyuṃ. Yato ca kho tadā sāṭṭhakathaṃ tepiṭakaṃ potthakesu āropitaṃ, tatoyeva anāgatakālesu samayantarāgatasuttāni tehi potthakehi saṃsandetvā paṭikkhipituṃ sukarāni honti.
缅 0.23已对照

例如,在婆提耶王之时(佛历 524 至 552 年),住大寺者与住无畏山者之间就律发生了争论。那时,国王派遣一位名叫底伽迦罗衍那、婆罗门出身的大臣到长老们那里。他听了双方[所引]的经,作出了裁决[《波罗夷义注》2.384]。同样,在沃诃罗迦帝须王之时(佛历 758 至 780 年)与瞿陀阿跋亚王之时(佛历 797 至 810 年),上座部者们都以已书写成册的法与律对照,驳斥了非法之说[《部派集》第 12 页]。

Tathā hi bhātiyarājakāle (524-552-bu-va) mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ abhayagirivāsīhi vinaye vivādo uppajji. Tadā rājā dīghakārāyanaṃ nāma brāhmaṇajātikaṃ amaccaṃ therānaṃ santikaṃ pesesi. So ubhinnaṃ suttaṃ sutvā vinicchayaṃ adāsi [pārā. aṭṭha. 2.384]. Tathā vohārakatissarājakāle ca (758-780 bu-va) goṭhābhayarājakāle ca (797-810 bu-va) theravādikā potthakārūḷhena dhammavinayena saṃsandetvā adhammavādaṃ paṭikkhipiṃsu [nikāyasaṅgahe 12-piṭṭhe].
已对照

非法说的兴起

Adhammavāduppatti
缅 0.24已对照

下面是那些成为教法之垢的非法说从起初以来的兴起。在阿育王之时,被令还俗、驱逐出去的外道们,在佛的教法中得不到立足之处,为忿怒所制,从波吒厘子城出来,聚集在王舍城附近的那烂陀,这样商议:「为了令大众不能深入佛的教法,必须毁坏释子们的法与律;但不知道他们宗义的人做不到这件事,所以无论用什么方法,都必须再到那里出家。」他们这样商议之后又回来,因无法混入清净上座部者之中,便去到其余大众部等十七部那里,不让人知道自己是外道,出了家,学了三藏,又把它篡改了;然后去到憍赏弥,商议毁坏法与律的方法,于佛历 253 年分住六处,生出了(1)雪山部、(2)王山部、(3)义成部、(4)东山部、(5)西山部、(6)金刚部、(7)方广部、(8)案达罗部、(9)另一大众部这九个新部派[《部派集》第 9 页]。他们的名称与主张,在《论事义注》中都已出现。

其中,雪山部把相似正法显示为佛所说的,

作了名为(1)《赞颂藏》的典籍。

王山部[作了](2)《鸯掘摩罗藏》,

义成部[作了](3)《秘密韦山答拉》,

东山部[作了](4)《赖吒和罗吼》,

西山部[作了](5)《阿罗婆迦吼》,

住金刚山的金刚部作了名为(6)《秘密律》的典籍。

正是他们全都还作了《幻网怛特罗》《集会怛特罗》等许多怛特罗典籍,以及《摩利支仪轨》《醯兰婆仪轨》等许多仪轨典籍。

而方广说者作了(7)《方广藏》。

案达罗部作了(8)《宝积》等典籍,

另一大众部作了(9)《字精要》等经[《部派集》第 9 页]。

而在这些相似正法之中,只有方广说、金刚部之说、《宝积论》这三种来到了楞伽洲,其余的《赞颂藏》等只流行于阎浮提——这是《部派集》中所说的。然而《赞颂藏》等来到楞伽洲的影子,也确实看得到。例如,在律的义注《普端严》(第 3 册第 9 页)中[说]:

「《赞颂藏》《鸯掘摩罗藏》《赖吒和罗吼》《阿罗婆迦吼》《秘密道》《秘密韦山答拉》《秘密律》《智解藏》[此中应知:『方广(vepulla)、广破(vedalla)、无比(vetulla)义为一,都只是菩萨藏的名称。』因为名叫无著的阿阇梨在名为《阿毗达磨集论》的大乘典籍中(第 79 页)这样说:『什么是方广?就是与菩萨藏相应的言说。所说的方广,也称为广破,也称为无比。为什么称为方广?因为它是一切众生利益与安乐的所依,又因为它宣说广大甚深的法。为什么称为广破?因为它破除一切障碍。为什么称为无比?因为没有可以与它相比量的譬喻之法。』],已被说为全都不是佛语」——

在相应部义注《显扬真义》(第 2 册第 186 页)中也[说]:

「《秘密律》《秘密韦山答拉》《秘密大药》《赞颂藏》《鸯掘摩罗藏》《赖吒和罗吼》《阿罗婆迦吼》《智解藏》——这些非佛语,名为相似正法」——

可见对它们的驳斥。因为若没有听过那些[典籍]、不知道它们的意义,师子洲的诸义注师就不可能驳斥它们;那驳斥的话也不可能是阎浮提诸义注师的话,因为在马哈玛欣德长老去师子洲之时,那些[典籍]根本还不存在。所以应当理解为:那些[典籍]以及当时其余的大乘诸藏,大多已来到了师子洲。其中,属于犊子部之众的法喜派诸藏来到那里的事,前面已经说过;其余[诸藏]来到那里的事,应当这样了知。

Ayaṃ pana ādito paṭṭhāya sāsanamalabhūtānaṃ adhammavādānaṃ uppatti. Asokarañño hi kāle uppabbājetvā nikkaḍḍhitā aññatitthiyā buddhasāsane aladdhapatiṭṭhā kodhābhibhūtā pāṭaliputtato nikkhamitvā rājagahasamīpe nālandāyaṃ sannipatitvā evaṃ sammantayiṃsu ‘‘mahājanassa buddhasāsane anavagāhatthāya sakyānaṃ dhammavinayo nāsetabbo, tañca kho tesaṃ samayaṃ ajānantehi na sakkā kātuṃ, tasmā yena kenaci upāyena punapi tattha pabbajitabbamevā’’ti. Te evaṃ sammantayitvā puna āgantvā visuddhattheravādīnamantaraṃ pavisituṃ asakkontā tadaññesaṃ sattarasannaṃ mahāsaṅghikādinikāyānaṃ santikaṃ upasaṅkamitvā attano aññatitthiyabhāvaṃ ajānāpetvā pabbajitvā piṭakattayamuggaṇhitvā tañca viparivattetvā tato kosambiṃ gantvā dhammavinayanāsanāya upāyaṃ mantayitvā 253-buddhavasse chasu ṭhānesu vasantā (1) hemavatiko (2) rājagiriko (3) siddhatthiko (4) pubbaseliyo (5) aparaseliyo (6) vājiriyo (7) vetullo (8) andhako (9) aññamahāsaṅghikoti nava abhinave nikāye uppādesuṃ [nikāyasaṅgahe 9-piṭṭhe]. Tesaṃ nāmāni ca laddhiyo ca kathāvatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ āgatāyeva.
Tesu hemavatikā saddhammapatirūpakaṃ buddhabhāsitabhāvena dassetvā
(1) Vaṇṇapiṭakaṃ nāma ganthaṃ akaṃsu.
Rājagirikā (2) aṅgulimālapiṭakaṃ,
Siddhatthikā (3) gūḷhavessantaraṃ,
Pubbaseliyā (4) raṭṭhapālagajjitaṃ,
Aparaseliyā (5) āḷavakagajjitaṃ,
Vajirapabbatavāsino vājiriyā (6) gūḷhavinayaṃ nāma ganthaṃ akaṃsu.
Teyeva sabbe māyājālatanta-samājatantādike aneke tantaganthe ca, marīcikappa-herambhakappādike aneke kappaganthe ca akaṃsu.
Vetullavādino pana (7) vetullapiṭakamakaṃsu.
Andhakā ca (8) ratanakūṭādike ganthe,
Aññamahāsaṅghikā ca (9) akkharasāriyādisuttante akaṃsu [nikāyasaṅgahe 9-piṭṭhe].
Tesu pana saddhammapatirūpakesu vetullavādo, vājiriyavādo, ratanakūṭasatthanti imāniyeva tīṇi laṅkādīpamupāgatāni, aññāni pana vaṇṇapiṭakādīni jambudīpeyeva nivattantīti nikāyasaṅgahe vuttaṃ. Vaṇṇapiṭakādīnampi pana laṅkādīpamupāgatacchāyā dissateva. Tathā hi samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (3, 9-piṭṭhe)
‘‘Vaṇṇapiṭaka aṅgulimālapiṭakaraṭṭhapālagajjitaāḷavakagajjitagūḷhamaggagūḷhavessantara gūḷhavinaya vedallapiṭakāni [ettha ‘‘vepulla, vedallaṃ, vetullanti atthako ekaṃ, bodhisattapiṭakasseva nāma’’nti veditabbaṃ. tathā hi vuttaṃ asaṅgena nāma ācariyena abhidhammasamuccaye nāma mahāyānikagante (79-piṭṭhe) ‘‘vepullaṃ katamaṃ? bodhisattapiṭakasampayuttaṃ bhāsitaṃ. yaduccate vepullaṃ, taṃ vedallamapyuccate, vetullamapyuccate. kimatthaṃ vepullamuccate? sabbasattānaṃ hitasukhādhiṭṭhānato, udāragambhīradhammadesanāto ca. kimatthamuccate vedallaṃ? sabbāvaraṇavidalanato. kimatthamuccate vetullaṃ? upamānadhammānaṃ tulanābhāvato’’ti] pana abuddhavacanāniyevāti vutta’’nti ca.
Sāratthappakāsiniyā saṃyuttaṭṭhakathāyampi (2, 186-piṭṭhe)
‘‘Gūḷhavinayaṃ gūḷhavessantaraṃ gūḷhamahosadhaṃ vaṇṇapiṭakaṃ aṅgulimālapiṭakaṃ raṭṭhapālagajjitaṃ āḷavakagajjitaṃ vedallapiṭakanti abuddhavacanaṃ saddhammapatirūpakaṃ nāmā’’ti ca–
Tesaṃ paṭikkhepo dissati. Na hi tāni asutvā, tesañca atthaṃ ajānitvā sīhaḷaṭṭhakathācariyehi tāni paṭikkhipituṃ sakkā, nāpi taṃ paṭikkhepavacanaṃ jambudīpikaṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ vacanaṃ bhavituṃ, mahāmahindattherassa sīhaḷadīpaṃ gamanasamaye tesaṃyeva abhāvato. Tasmā tāni ca tadaññāni ca mahāyānikapiṭakāni taṃkālikāni yebhuyyena sīhaḷadīpamupāgatānīti gahetabbāni. Tesu ca vajjiputtakagaṇapariyāpannassa dhammarucinikāyassa piṭakānaṃ tadupāgamanaṃ pubbeva vuttaṃ. Tadaññesaṃ pana tadupāgamanaṃ evaṃ veditabbaṃ.
已对照

第一次压制方广说

Vetullavādassa paṭhamaniggaho
36–41已对照

在沃诃罗迦帝须王之时(佛历 758 至 780 年),住无畏山的法喜派[比丘]们接受了方广藏——那是如前所说,为毁坏教法,由穿着比丘装束的方广说婆罗门们所编造的——并显示[说]:「这是佛所说的。」住大寺的上座部者们把它与法和律对照,以它为非法之说而加以驳斥。国王听了这件事,派遣通达一切学问、名叫迦毗罗的大臣去作裁决,知道了它不是佛所说的,就焚毁了一切方广书册,又惩治了持那种主张的恶比丘,使佛的教法光显[《部派集》第 12 页]。因为这已在《大史》中被说过——

Vohārakatissarañño kāle (758-780-bu-va) abhayagirivāsino dhammarucinikāyikā pubbe vuttappakārena sāsanavināsanatthāya bhikkhuvesadhārīhi vetullavādibrāhmaṇehi racitaṃ vetullapiṭakaṃ sampaṭiggahetvā ‘‘idaṃ buddhabhāsita’’nti dassenti. Taṃ mahāvihāravāsino theravādikā dhammavinayena saṃsandetvā adhammavādoti paṭikkhipiṃsu. Taṃ sutvā rājā sabbasatthapāraguṃ kapilaṃ nāma amaccaṃ pesetvā vinicchayaṃ kārāpetvā abuddhabhāsitabhāvaṃ ñatvā sabbaṃ vetullapotthakaṃ jhāpetvā talladdhike ca pāpabhikkhū niggahetvā buddhasāsanaṃ jotesi [nikāyasaṅgahe 12-piṭṭhe]. Vuttañhetaṃ mahāvaṃse –
36–4136-41.
已对照

三十六·四十一、

「他摧破了方广说,又惩治了诸恶[比丘]——

借大臣迦毗罗之手;他也使教法光显。」

‘‘Vetullavādaṃ madditvā, kāretvā pāpaniggahaṃ;
Kapilena amaccena, sāsanaṃ jotayī ca so’’ti.
已对照

沙伽利派的兴起

Sāgaliyanikāyuppatti
缅 0.26已对照

后来,在瞿陀阿跋亚王之时(佛历 797 至 810 年),那些住无畏山者又同样显示方广说。那时,他们之中一位名叫优尸利耶帝须的大长老,听说在沃诃罗迦帝须王之时,方广说的比丘们曾受到惩治,心想:「在具足审察[之能]的国王之时,也会同样如此,这不好」,便[决定]「我们不与他们在一起」,带了约三百位比丘去到南山寺,从法喜派分出而住。他们之中,一位名叫沙伽罗的大长老就住在那南山[寺],作了阿含的解说。从那时起,他的弟子们因这位长老而被称为沙伽利派。他们的论说后来在摩诃舍那王之时也流布到了祇陀林寺[《部派集》第 13 页]。

Punapi te abhayagirivāsino goṭhābhayarañño kāle (797-810-bu-va) vetullavādaṃ tatheva dassenti. Tadā pana tesu ussiliyātisso nāma mahāthero vohārakatissarājakāle vetullavādīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ kataniggahaṃ sutvā ‘‘vicāraṇasampannassa rañño samaye tatheva bhaveyya, na bhaddakameta’’nti cintetvā ‘‘na mayaṃ tehi ekato homā’’ti tisatamatte bhikkhū gahetvā dakkhiṇagirivihāraṃ gantvā dhammarucinikāyato visuṃ hutvā vasi. Tesu sāgalo nāma mahāthero tattheva dakkhiṇagirimhi vasanto āgamabyākhyānamakāsi. Tato paṭṭhāya taṃ theramārabbha tassantevāsino sāgaliyā nāma ahesuṃ. Tesampi vādo pacchā mahāsenarājakāle jetavanavihāre patthari [nikāya 13-piṭṭhe].
已对照

第二次压制方广说

Vetullavādassa dutiyaniggaho
缅 0.27已对照

瞿陀阿跋亚王把五座寺[即所谓大寺、支提寺、塔园寺、伊湿罗沙门寺、吠舍山寺]的大比丘僧团召集在一处,询问那件事,知道了方广说不是佛所说的,就给持那种论说的六十名恶比丘打上烙印,驱逐出国,又焚毁了方广书册,使佛的教法光显[《大史》第 36 章第 111–112 偈;《部派集》第 13 页]。

那时,被驱逐出国的那些比丘之中,有些去到迦韦利港,住在那里。那时,有一个外道青年从别的地方来到迦韦利,见到港村居民对那些比丘所作的供奉,为了利养与恭敬,就在他们那里出家,以僧伽密多之名为人所知。他知道由于住大寺者对法的抉择,瞿陀阿跋亚王因方广说而把那些比丘驱逐出国,便对住大寺者忿怒,[心想]:「我要么令他们接受方广说,要么把他们的寺连根拔起、加以毁灭」,就去到师子洲,令国王生起净信,[说]「我要教[您的]两个儿子学技艺」而着手[教导]。然而他撇开能识破自己论说的杰塔帝须,只笼络将来能令其照自己的话去做的幼子摩诃舍那王子,教他学技艺。父王去世,杰塔帝须王子登上王位时(佛历 810 至 819 年),他怕这位国王,又回到了迦韦利港[《大史》第 36 章第 113 偈等;《部派集》第 14 页]。

而到了摩诃舍那王之时(佛历 819 至 845 年),他又来到师子洲,住在无畏山寺,以种种方法努力要令住大寺者接受方广说。然而他无法令他们接受,便去见国王,以种种理由说服了[国王],以国王的命令令人在城中巡行击鼓[宣告]:「谁若给住大寺者中哪怕一位比丘食物,就罚他一百。」那时,住大寺者在城中乞食,三天都得不到食物,便聚集在大殿楼,商议:「如果我们因为饥饿而把非法当作法接受,许多人就会接受它而成为趣向苦界者,我们也都会成为有罪的;所以,我们即使为了活命,也不接受方广说。」商议之后,他们舍弃了大寺等一切寺,去了罗诃那地方与摩罗耶地区[《大史》第 37 章第 2–6 偈;《部派集》第 14 页]。

Goṭhābhayo pana rājā pañcasu [mahāvihāra, cetiya, thūpārāma, issarasamaṇaka, vessagirivihārasaṅkhātesu] vihāresu mahābhikkhusaṅghaṃ ekato sannipātetvā taṃ pavattiṃ pucchitvā vetullavādassa abuddhabhāsitabhāvaṃ ñatvā taṃvādino saṭṭhi pāpabhikkhū lakkhaṇāhate katvā raṭṭhato pabbājesi, vetullapotthakāni ca jhāpetvā buddhasāsanaṃ jotesi [mahāvaṃse 36, 111-112-gāthāsu, nikāya 13-piṭṭhe].
Tadā raṭṭhato pabbājitesu tesu bhikkhūsu keci kāvīrapaṭṭanaṃ gantvā tattha vasanti. Tasmiñca samaye eko aññatitthiyamāṇavako desantarato kāvīramāgantvā paṭṭanagāmikehi tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ katūpahāraṃ disvā lābhasakkāraṃ nissāya tesaṃ santike pabbajitvā saṅghamittoti nāmena pākaṭo ahosi. So mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ dhammavinicchayaṃ nissāya goṭhābhayaraññā vetullavādahetu tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ raṭṭhā pabbājitabhāvaṃ ñatvā mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ kuddho hutvā ‘‘vetullavādaṃ vā ne gāhāpessāmi, vihāre vā nesaṃ ummūletvā vināsessāmī’’ti sīhaḷadīpaṃ gantvā rājānaṃ pasādetvā tassa dve putte sippaṃ sikkhāpessāmīti ārabhi. Tathāpi attano vādassa jānanasamatthaṃ jeṭṭhatissaṃ ohāya anāgate attano vacanaṃ kārāpetuṃ sakkuṇeyyaṃ kaniṭṭhaṃ mahāsenakumārameva saṅgaṇhitvā sippaṃ sikkhāpesi. Vituno accayena jeṭṭhatissakumāre rajjaṃ patte (810-819-bu-va) so tassa rañño bhīto kāvīrapaṭṭanameva gato [mahāvaṃse 36, 113-gāthādīsu, nikāya 14-piṭṭhe].
Mahāsenarañño pana kāle (819-845-bu-va) so puna sīhaḷadīpamāgantvā abhayagirivihāre vasanto mahāvihāravāsīhi vetullavādaṃ gāhāpetuṃ nānāpakārehi vāyāmamakāsi. Tathāpi tehi taṃ gāhāpetuṃ asakkonto rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā nānākāraṇehi saññāpetvā ‘‘yo koci ekassapi bhikkhussa mahāvihāravāsino āhāraṃ dadeyya, tassa sataṃ daṇḍo’’ti rañño āṇāya nagare bheriṃ carāpesi. Tadā mahāvihāravāsino nagare piṇḍāya carantā tayo divase bhikkhamaladdhā mahāpāsāde sannipatitvā ‘‘sace mayaṃ khudāhetu adhammaṃ dhammoti gaṇheyyāma, bahū janā taṃ gahetvā apāyagāmino bhavissanti, mayañca sabbe sāvajjā bhavissāma, tasmā na mayaṃ jīvitahetupi vetullavādaṃ paṭiggaṇhissāmā’’ti sammantayitvā mahāvihārādike sabbavihāre chaḍḍetvā rohaṇajanapadañca malayapadesañca agamiṃsu [mahāvaṃse 37, 2-6-gāthāsu. nikāyasaṅgahe 14-piṭṭhe].
Vetullavādo
已对照

方广说

已对照

所谓方广说是怎样的[说],以致住大寺者那样极其厌恶它?现在已不可能全面阐明方广说的真面目,因为如今以方广为名的典籍或部派都已不为人所知。但在论藏的《论事义注》中[《论事义注》793–794 等],记载了若干方广说。怎样的呢?——

Kīdiso vetullavādo nāma, yato mahāvihāravāsino ativiya jigucchiṃsūti? Idāni vetullavādassa sarūpaṃ sabbākārena pakāsetuṃ na sakkā, vetullanāmena potthakānaṃ vā nikāyassa vā etarahi apākaṭabhāvato. Abhidhammapiṭake pana kathāvatthuaṭṭhakathāyaṃ [kathā. aṭṭha. 793-794 ādayo] katipayā vetullavādā āgatā. Kathaṃ? –
已对照

「在胜义上,唯有道与果是僧团,道与果以外没有所谓僧团;而道与果不接受任何东西,所以不应说『僧团接受供施』」(1);

‘‘Paramatthato maggaphalāneva saṅgho, maggaphalehi añño saṅgho nāma natthi, maggaphalāni ca na kiñci paṭiggaṇhanti, tasmā na vattabbaṃ saṅgho dakkhiṇaṃ paṭiggaṇhātī’’ti ca (1).
已对照

「唯有道与果名为僧团,而它们不能净化供施,所以不应说『僧团净化供施』」(2);

‘‘Maggaphalāneva saṅgho nāma, na ca tāni dakkhiṇaṃ visodhetuṃ sakkonti, tasmā na vattabbaṃ saṅgho dakkhiṇaṃ visodhetī’’ti ca (2).
已对照

「唯有道与果名为僧团,而它们不吃任何东西,所以不应说『僧团吃、喝、嚼、尝』」(3);

‘‘Maggaphalāneva saṅgho nāma, na ca tāni kiñci bhuñjanti, tasmā na vattabbaṃ saṅgho bhuñjati pivati khādati sāyatī’’ti ca (3).
已对照

「唯有道与果名为僧团,既不能给它们任何东西,它们也不能接受,施予它们也不成就任何助益,所以不应说『施予僧团有大果』」(4);

Maggaphalāneva saṅgho nāma, na ca sakkā tesaṃ kiñci dātuṃ, na ca tehi paṭiggaṇhituṃ, nāpi tesaṃ dānena koci upakāro ijjhati, tasmā na vattabbaṃ saṅghassa dinnaṃ mahapphala’’nti ca (4).
已对照

「佛世尊不受用任何东西,只是为了随顺世间,才显示自己好像在受用;所以,由于无所助益,不应说『施予他有大果』」(5);

‘‘Buddho bhagavā na kiñci paribhuñjati, lokānuvattanatthaṃ pana paribhuñjamānaṃ viya attānaṃ dasseti, tasmā nirupakārattā na vattabbaṃ tasmiṃ dinnaṃ mahapphala’’nti ca (5).
缅 0.28已对照

「世尊投生在兜率天宫,就住在那里,不来人间,只是在这里显示一个化作的形色而已」(6);

‘‘Bhagavā tusitabhavane nibbatto tattheva vasati, na manussalokaṃ āgacchati, nimmitarūpamattakaṃ panettha dassetī’’ti ca (6).
已对照

「住在兜率天城的世尊为了说法而遣出一个化身;法是由那[化身],以及接受了他的教说的具寿阿难所说的,不是由佛世尊[所说的]」(7);

‘‘Tusitapure ṭhito bhagavā dhammadesanatthāya abhinimmitaṃ pesesi, tena ceva, tassa ca desanaṃ sampaṭicchitvā āyasmatā ānandena dhammo desito, na buddhena bhagavatā’’ti ca (7).
已对照

「以同一意趣,可以行淫欲法。这里的意义是:或者以悲悯这一个意趣,为『同一意趣』;或者想着『我们在轮回中要在一起』而与女人一同作供佛等,依愿求而有一个意趣,为『同一意趣』——两个人有这样同一意趣的淫欲法,是可以行的」(8)——方广说者的主张就是这样记载的;如今依上座部的典籍所能知道的他们的论说,也只有这么多。

‘‘Ekādhippāyena methuno dhammo paṭisevitabbo. Ayaṃ panettha attho – kāruññena vā ekena adhippāyena ekādhippāyo, saṃsāre vā ekato bhavissāmāti itthiyā saddhiṃ buddhapūjādīni katvā paṇidhivasena eko adhippāyo assāti ekādhippāyo, evarūpo dvinnampi janānaṃ ekādhippāyo methuno dhammo paṭisevitabbo’’ti ca (8) evaṃ vetullavādīnaṃ laddhiyo āgatā, ettakāyeva nesaṃ vādā theravādaganthavasena dāni paññāyanti.
已对照

这里,前四种论说错误地把握了经中所说的僧团,又完全否定了律中所说的僧团。其后三种论说,是随顺自在天化作论的。最后一种是非正法之说,极为明显。

Ettha ca ādito catūhi vādehi suttantāgatasaṅgho ca micchā gahito, vinayāgatasaṅgho ca sabbathā paṭikkhitto. Tadanantaraṃ tayo vādā issaranimmānavādānuvattakā. Antimassa pana asaddhammavādabhāvo ativiya pākaṭoti.
已对照

而在《阿毗达磨集论》中,阐明了方广藏就是菩萨藏,所以《妙法莲华经》等菩萨藏中所说的论说,也应知为「方广说」[《阿毗达磨集论》第 79 页]。

Abhidhammasamuccaye pana vetullapiṭakassa bodhisattapiṭakabhāvo pakāsito, tasmā saddhammapuṇḍarikasuttādike bodhisattapiṭake āgatavādopi ‘‘vetullavādo’’ti veditabbo [abhidhammasamuccaye 79-piṭṭhe].
已对照

大寺的毁坏

Mahāvihāranāsanaṃ
缅 0.29已对照

住大寺者如前所说舍弃一切寺而离去后,恶比丘僧伽密多说服了国王,毁坏了铜殿等约三百六十四座院落与殿楼,令人连根拔起,运到无畏山寺;又令人在寺地上犁地,种上豆类。这样,那时大寺有九年没有比丘,也没有住处。后来,国王听了一位名叫弥伽槃那阿跋亚、是他善友的大臣以威吓开头的话,把大寺恢复原状,又请回那些离去的比丘,以四资具供养他们[《大史》第 37 章第 30 偈;《部派集》第 14–15 页]。

Mahāvihāravāsīsu pana vuttappakārena sabbavihāre chaḍḍetvā gatesu saṅghamitto pāpabhikkhu rājānaṃ saññāpetvā lohapāsādādike catusaṭṭhyādhike tisatamatte pariveṇapāsāde nāsetvā samūlaṃ uddharāpetvā abhayagirivihāraṃ ānayāpesi. Vihārabhūmiyañca kasāpetvā aparaṇṇe vapāpesi. Evaṃ tadā mahāvihāro nava vassāni bhikkhūhi suñño ahosi āvāsavirahito ca. Atha rājā meghavaṇṇābhayassa nāma kalyāṇamittabhūtassa amaccassa santajjanapubbaṅgamena vacanena mahāvihāraṃ puna pākatikaṃ katvā te cāpi apakkante bhikkhū ānetvā catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahi [mahāvaṃse 37-30-gāthāsu. nikāyasaṅgahe 14-15-piṭṭhesu].
已对照

祇陀林派的兴起

Jetavanavāsinikāyuppatti
已对照

后来,国王又对住南园、心性狡曲的诈伪帝须长老生起净信,为了他,在大寺界内的光明林园着手建造祇陀林寺。住大寺的比丘们无法阻止,又从那里离去。那时,大寺也有九个月没有比丘。国王却完全依自己的意愿,在那里建成了祇陀林寺,还是施给了那位诈伪帝须长老。沙伽利派的比丘们从南山寺来住在那里。后来,在庵婆沙弥尸罗迦罗王之时(佛历 1067 至 1080 年),他们成了方广说者[《大史》第 37 章第 32 偈等;《部派集》第 15 页]。

Punapi rājā dakkhiṇārāmavāsimhi jimhamānase kuhakatissatthere pasanno hutvā tassatthāya mahāvihārasīmabbhantare jotivanuyyāne jetavanavihāraṃ kāretumārabhi. Mahāvihāravāsino bhikkhū taṃ nivāretuṃ asakkontā punapi tato apakkamiṃsu. Tadāpi mahāvihāro nava māsāni bhikkhūhi suñño ahosi. Rājā pana attano ajjhāsayavaseneva tattha jetavanavihāraṃ kāretvā tassa kuhakatissattherassa adāsiyeva. Tattha dakkhiṇagirivihārato sāgaliyā bhikkhū āgantvā vasiṃsu. Pacchā ca te ambasāmaṇerasilākālarañño kāle (1067-1080-bu-va) vetullavādino ahesuṃ [mahāvaṃse 37, 32-gāthādīsu, nikāyasaṅgahe 15-piṭṭhe].
已对照

这样,早在阿阇梨觉音长老来到师子洲之时(佛历 965 年)以前,就已经生起了与清净上座部者——住大寺者——宗义相违的三派:住无畏山者(佛历 455 年)、沙伽利派(佛历 797 至 810 年)与住祇陀林者(佛历 829 至 845 年)。而它们之中,唯有住无畏山者特别有名,又有势力。因为他们接受清净上座部之藏、属于犊子部的法喜派之藏、化地部等部之藏,以及大乘之藏。其中,他们接受法喜派之藏这一点是明显的;而接受化地部等部之藏这一点,应依名叫法显的中国比丘记其行程见闻的记述,以及义注中所驳斥的《赞颂藏》等名称而知;接受大乘之藏这一点也是如此。

Evaṃ ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa sīhaḷadīpamāgamanakālato (965-bu-va) pubbeyeva visuddhattheravādīhi mahāvihāravāsīhi viruddhasamayā abhayagirivāsino (455-bu-va) sāgaliyā (797-810-bu-va) jetavanavāsino (829-845-bu-va) cāti tayo nikāyā uppannā ahesuṃ. Tesu pana abhayagirivāsinoyeva visesato pākaṭā ceva honti balavanto ca. Tathā hi te visuddhattheravādapiṭakañca vajjiputtakapariyāpannadhammarucinikāyapiṭakañca mahisāsakādinikāyapiṭakañca mahāyānapiṭakañca sampaṭicchanti. Tesu dhammarucinikāyapiṭakassa sampaṭicchitabhāvo pākaṭoyeva. Mahisāsakādinikāyapiṭakassa sampaṭicchitabhāvo pana phāhiyannāmassa cinabhikkhuno addhānakkamasallakkhaṇakathāya ceva aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittavaṇṇapiṭakādināmavasena ca veditabbo, tathā mahāyānapiṭakassa sampaṭicchitabhāvopi.
已对照

法显行程记

Phāhiyamaddhānakkamakathā
缅 0.30已对照

名叫法显的中国比丘于佛历 956 年,把写成梵语的化地部律藏、《长阿含》、《杂阿含》与《杂藏》从师子洲随身带回了中国——这在他的行程记中有记载。这些想必全是他从无畏山寺得来的,因为住大寺者没有写成梵语的藏。义注中所驳斥的《赞颂藏》等,想必也在那里,因为住大寺者不接受它们。同样,「法显比丘住在师子洲之时(佛历 954 至 956 年),大寺住着约三千位比丘,他们只学习上座部之藏,不学大乘藏;无畏山寺住着约五千位比丘,他们则学习两种藏——既学大乘藏,也学上座部之藏」,这也是那位中国比丘所记载的。

Phāhiyannāmena hi cinabhikkhunā 956-buddhavasse sīhaḷadīpato sakkatabhāsāropitaṃ mahisāsakavinayapiṭakañca dīghāgamo ca saṃyuttāgamo ca sannipātapiṭakañca attanā saha cinaraṭṭhamānītanti tassa addhānakkamakathāyaṃ dassitaṃ. Tañca sabbaṃ abhayagirivihāratoyeva laddhamassa, mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ sakkatāropitapiṭakābhāvato. Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ paṭikkhittavaṇṇapiṭakādīni ca tattheva bhaveyyuṃ, mahāvihāravāsīhi tesaṃ appaṭiggahitabhāvato. Tathā ‘‘phāhiyambhikkhussa sīhaḷadīpe paṭivasanakāle (954-956-bu-va) mahāvihāre tisahassamattā bhikkhū vasanti, te theravādapiṭakameva uggaṇhanti, na mahāyānapiṭakaṃ. Abhayagirivihāre pañcasahassamattā bhikkhū vasanti, te pana dvepi piṭakāni uggaṇhanti mahāyānapiṭakañceva theravādapiṭakañcā’’ti ca teneva cinabhikkhunā dassitaṃ.
已对照

然而,既然住无畏山者也学习大乘藏,那么在那座寺里,作为大乘者首要阿阇梨的马鸣、龙树所造的著作,想必也都存在;正因此,阿阇梨觉音长老以及当时其他具足多闻的住大寺长老们,想必也都知道他们的理趣与名字。此外,在南印度近海的贡土尔地区,有一处名叫龙树山(Nāgārjunakoṇḍa)的地方,作为大乘者首要阿阇梨的龙树曾住在那里,建立了佛的教法。而阿阇梨觉音是那一带人的迹象也看得到,这一点后面(第 33 页)将会显明。因此也可以推断:阿阇梨觉音长老想必知道龙树与马鸣的理趣与名字。

Yasmā pana abhayagirivāsino mahāyānapiṭakampi uggaṇhanti, tasmā tasmiṃ vihāre mahāyānikānaṃ padhānācariyabhūtehi assaghosanāgajjunehi kataganthāpi saṃvijjamānāyeva bhaveyyuṃ, tatoyeva tesaṃ nayañca nāmañca ācariyabuddhaghosattheropi aññepi taṃkālikā mahāvihāravāsino sutasampannā therā jāneyyuṃyeva. Apica dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe samuddasamīpe guntājanapade nāgārajunakoṇḍaṃ nāma ṭhānamatthi, yattha nāgajjuno mahāyānikānaṃ padhānācariyabhūto vasanto buddhasāsanaṃ patiṭṭhāpesi. Ācariyabuddhaghosassa ca tandesikabhāvanimittaṃ dissati, taṃ pacchato (33-piṭṭhe) āvibhavissati. Tasmāpi ācariyabuddhaghosatthero nāgajjunassa ca assaghosassa ca nayañca nāmañca jāneyyayevāti sakkā anuminituṃ.
缅 0.31已对照

他虽然知道,却没有在自己的义注中阐明他们的理趣或名字,那应当正是因为他们属于其他部派。因为在马鸣、龙树二人之中,马鸣[(佛历 570 至 670 年间)]属于从上座部分出的十一众中的说一切有部之众,龙树则属于由大众部、制多山部等众所生出的大乘部派;而住大寺者从一开始就为了不与其他部派的宗义相混杂,极为恭敬地守护自己的藏,这位阿阇梨觉音正是他们中的一员。因为在他各部著作的结语中说:「由住大寺者们之传承的庄严者[所作]」。所以应知:「阿阇梨觉音虽然知道他们的理趣,为了不与其他部派的宗义相混杂,没有在自己的著作中阐明。」

Jānatoyeva pana tesaṃ nayassa vā nāmassa vā attano aṭṭhakathāyamappakāsanaṃ tesaṃ nikāyantarabhāvatoyevassa. Tathā hi tesaṃ assaghosanāgajjunānaṃ assaghoso [(570-670-buddhavassabbhantare)] theravādato bhinnesu ekādasasu gaṇesu sabbatthivādagaṇe pariyāpanno, nāgajjuno ca mahāsaṅghika-cetiyavādigaṇādīhi jāte mahāyānanikāye pariyāpanno, mahāvihāravāsino ca āditoyeva paṭṭhāya nikāyantarasamayehi asammissanatthaṃ attano piṭakaṃ atīva ādaraṃ katvā rakkhanti, ayañca ācariyabuddhaghoso tesamaññataro. Vuttañhi tassa ganthanigamanesu ‘‘mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vaṃsālaṅkārabhūtenā’’ti. Tasmā ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso tesaṃ nayaṃ jānantoyeva attano ganthesu nikāyantarasamayehi asammissanatthaṃ nappakāsesī’’ti veditabbaṃ.
已对照

至此,达摩难陀·憍赏弥(Dhammānanda Kosambī)借着审察以「在菩提座附近,生了一位婆罗门青年」等所说的《大史》之语,而说出的那些贬斥阿阇梨觉音的话,已审察为无根据。然而,要成立「阿阇梨觉音生于菩提座附近」这个意义,除了那段《大史》之语以外,确实看不到坚实的理由;《觉音缘起》中所说的,也由于是依《大史》而说的话,不是坚实的理由。

Ettāvatā ca yāni ‘‘bodhimaṇḍasamīpamhi, jāto brāhmaṇamāṇavo’’tiādinā vuttassa mahāvaṃsavacanassa vicāraṇamukhena ācariyabuddhaghosassa vambhanavacanāni dhammānandakosambinā vuttāni, tāni amūlakabhāvena anuvicāritāni. Tathāpi ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso bodhimaṇḍasamīpe jāto’’ti etaṃ pana atthaṃ sādhetuṃ daḷhakāraṇaṃ na dissateva ṭhapetvā taṃ mahāvaṃsavacanaṃ, yampi buddhaghosuppattiyaṃ vuttaṃ, tampi mahāvaṃsameva nissāya vuttavacanattā na daḷhakāraṇaṃ hotīti.
已对照

[觉音]为缅甸人之说

Marammaraṭṭhikabhāvakathā
已对照

然而有些缅甸人说:「阿阇梨觉音从缅甸名叫直通的城去到师子洲,作了诸部纂集义注。」达摩难陀认可这[说法],说:「这也有几分道理。我这样相信:『觉音是南印度的泰卢固(telaṅga)族人』;而泰卢固族人有许多去到缅甸与印度支那居住,『得楞(talhiṅa?)』这个称呼,也正是从 telaṅga 这个词生出来的。同样,也可以这样理解:『觉音作了诸义注之后,从师子洲去到缅甸,晚年就住在那里』,因为他的著作在缅甸比在师子洲保存得更好。」——他这样说来确立[此说]。

Ekacce pana marammaraṭṭhikā ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso marammaraṭṭhe sathuṃ nāma nagarato sīhaḷadīpaṃ gantvā saṅgahaṭṭhakathāyo akāsī’’ti vadanti. Taṃ dhammānandena anujānitvā ‘‘tampi thokaṃ yuttisampannaṃ, ahaṃ evaṃ saddahāmi ‘buddhaghoso dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe telaṅgajātiko’ti, telaṅgajātikā ca bahū janā marammaraṭṭhe ca indocina raṭṭhe ca gantvā vasanti, talhiṅa? Iti vohāro ca tatoyeva telaṅgapadato uppanno. Tathā ‘buddhaghoso aṭṭhakathāyo katvā sīhaḷadīpato marammaraṭṭhaṃ gantvā pacchimabhāge tattheva vasī’tipi gahetuṃ sakkā, tassa hi ganthā marammaraṭṭhe sīhaḷaraṭṭhatopi surakkhitatarā hontī’’ti ca vatvā patiṭṭhāpitaṃ.
已对照

[觉音]为南印度人的理据

Dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhikabhāvayutti
缅 0.32已对照

达摩难陀等许多现代学者说:「阿阇梨觉音长老是南印度人。」这里的理据是:造义注与复注的长老们,大多是南印度人。例如,《佛种姓义注》《入阿毗达摩义注》《律抉择义注》的作者阿阇梨佛授长老,生于朱罗国铜鍱河畔的乌罗伽城,与阿阇梨觉音同一时代;《胜义抉择》《名色分别》《摄阿毗达摩义》的作者阿阇梨阿那律长老[但有些人说:《胜义抉择》的作者是一位,《名色分别》与《摄阿毗达摩义》的作者是另一位,共有两位阿那律长老],是建志伐罗国迦韦利城人;作为小部所摄《自说》等圣典之释义的《胜义灯》的作者阿阇梨护法长老,也是南印度建志城人。应知这一位也是同样。因为在名为《满足希求》的增支部义注的结语中说——

「受贤慧的长老、尊者光护之请,

他从前曾在建志城等处与我同住。」

这里,所谓建志城,就是现今称为甘吉瓦拉(Kañjīvara)的城市,位于马德拉斯城南方稍偏西、约四十五英里之处。

同样,在名为《妄衍破斥》的中部义注的结语中也[说]——

「受贤慧的长老佛友之请,

他从前曾在孔雀使港与我同住。」——这样说。

这里,所谓孔雀使港,考究古代史事的人们说,就是现今马德拉斯城附近称为米拉坡(Milapora)的地方。

而这些结语偈阐明的,正是[他]从前曾住在南印度;至于[他]从前曾住在菩提座附近或缅甸的说明,则看不到。因此,不能说「阿阇梨觉音不是南印度人」而加以驳斥。

在律的义注《普端严》(第 3 册第 13 页)中,阿阇梨也这样说——

「然而《案达义注》中所说:『「在未围起的门廊[中],无罪」,这是就地面上没有台基的门廊而说的』,那是就案达罗国那些各自分开建造、同在一个屋顶下的成排房室而说的。」

由这段话可以明白:「《案达义注》是由案达罗国的长老们所作的」;而阿阇梨觉音既清楚知道《案达义注》所意指而说的,也清楚知道当地成排房室的布置样式,所以不能说他不是那地方的人。

同样,在这部《清净道论》的结语中也说:「由应称为摩兰陀克吒人者」。这里,克吒(kheṭa)这个词,梵语辞书中阐明了三种意义:「村」,或「乡间农人的住处」,或「小城」;而在南印度各地,直到今天村也被称为 kheḍā。所以,作语义解释为:生于名为摩兰陀的克吒的,为「摩兰陀克吒人」;应称为摩兰陀克吒人的,为「应称为摩兰陀克吒人者」;由他[所作],为「由应称为摩兰陀克吒人者」——其意义应把握为「由应称为生于摩兰陀村的长老」。而如今在南印度贡土尔地区,距龙树山约五十一(51)英里、距阿摩罗婆提约五十八(58)英里之处,有称为科塔内马利普里(Kotanemalipurī)与贡达拉帕利(Gundalapallī)的两处地方,在那里见到了许多属于佛教的古代遗物;而在泰卢固语中,nemalī 是孔雀(mora)的称呼,gundalu 是卵(aṇḍa)的称呼;所以考究古迹的人们认为,正是那两处地方从前被称为摩兰陀克吒,可能就是阿阇梨觉音的出生村。然而,因为这个「由应称为摩兰陀克吒人者」一词,不像「由生于摩兰陀村者」一词那样合乎圣典的语式,又没有与其他许多修饰语放在一起,而是单独放在被修饰语之后,在阿含义注等中也看不到,所以它看起来像是当时某位知道阿阇梨出生地的人所插入的。

在「阿阇梨觉音生于菩提座附近」「是缅甸人」「是南印度人」这三种说法之中,最后一种更有力,因为它依据的正是阿阇梨自己的话;所以应当依据它,这样了知阿阇梨觉音长老的出身。

Bahū pana ādhunikā vicakkhaṇā dhammānandādayo ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghosatthero dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhiko’’ti vadanti. Ayaṃ panettha yutti, yebhuyyena hi aṭṭhakathāṭīkākārā therā dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhikāyeva. Tathā hi buddhavaṃsaṭṭhakathāya ca abhidhammāvatāraṭṭhakathāya ca vinayavinicchayaṭṭhakathāya ca kārako ācariyabuddhadattatthero coḷaraṭṭhe tambapaṇṇinadiyaṃ uraganagare jāto ācariyabuddhaghosena ekakāliko ca. Paramatthavinicchaya-nāmarūpapariccheda-abhidhammatthasaṅgahānaṃ kārako ācariyaanuruddhatthero [ekacce pana vadanti-paramatthavinicchayakārako eko, nāmarūpaparicchedaabhidhammatthasaṅgahānaṃ kārako ekoti dve anuruddhattherāti] kañcivararaṭṭhe kāverinagarajātiko. Khuddakanikāyapariyāpannaudānādipāḷiyā saṃvaṇṇanābhūtāya paramatthadīpaniyā kārako ācariyadhammapālattheropi dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe kañcipurajātiko. Tathevāyampīti veditabbo. Vuttañhi manorathapūraṇiyā nāma aṅguttaraṭṭhakathāya nigamane –
‘‘Āyācito sumatinā, therena bhadantajotipālena;
Kañcipurādīsu mayā, pubbe saddhiṃ vasantenā’’ti.
Ettha ca kañcipuraṃ nāma madarasanagarassa īsakaṃ pacchimanissite dakkhiṇadisābhāge pañcacattālīsamilappamāṇe padese idāni kañjīvara iti voharitanagarameva.
Tathā papañcasūdaniyā nāma majjhimaṭṭhakathāya nigamanepi –
‘‘Āyācito sumatinā, therena buddhamittena;
Pubbe mayūradūta [mayūrarūpa (sī.), mayūrasutta (syā.)] paṭṭanamhi saddhiṃ vasantenā’’ti – vuttaṃ.
Ettha ca mayūradūtapaṭṭanaṃ nāma idāni madarasanagarasamīpe milapora iti voharitaṭṭhānanti porāṇappavattigavesīhi vuttaṃ.
Imāhi pana nigamanagāthāhi dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭheyeva nivutthapubbataṃ pakāseti, bodhimaṇḍasamīpe vā, marammaraṭṭhe vā nivutthapubbatāya pakāsanañca na dissati. Tena ācariyabuddhaghoso dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhiko na hotīti na sakkā paṭikkhipituṃ.
Samantapāsādikāyampi vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ (3, 13) ācariyena evaṃ vuttaṃ –
‘‘Yaṃ pana andhakaṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘aparikkhitte pamukhe anāpattīti bhūmiyaṃ vinā jagatiyā pamukhaṃ sandhāya kathita’nti vuttaṃ, taṃ andhakaraṭṭhe pāṭekkasannivesā ekacchadanā gabbhapāḷiyo sandhāya vutta’’nti.
Iminā pana vacanena ‘‘andhakaṭṭhakathā andhakaraṭṭhikehi therehi katā’’ti pākaṭā hoti, ācariyabuddhaghosopi ca andhakaṭṭhakathāya sandhāyabhāsitampi tandesikagabbhapāḷisannivesākārampi suṭṭhu jānāti, tasmā tandesiko na hotīti na sakkā vattunti.
Tathā imassapi visuddhimaggassa nigamane – ‘‘moraṇḍakheṭakavattabbenā’’ti vuttaṃ. Ettha ca kheṭoti padassa gāmoti vā, jānapadānaṃ kassakānaṃ nivāsoti vā, khuddakanagaranti vā tayo atthā sakkatābhidhāne pakāsitā, dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhesu ca yāvajjatanāpi gāmo kheḍāti voharīyati. Tasmā moraṇḍavhaye kheṭe jāto moraṇḍakheṭako, moraṇḍakheṭako iti vattabbo moraṇḍakheṭakavattabbo, tena moraṇḍakheṭakavattabbenāti vacanatthaṃ katvā ‘‘moraṇḍagāme jātoti vattabbena therenā’’ti attho gahetabbo. Idāni pana dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe guntājanapade nāgārajunakoṇḍato ekapaṇṇāsamilamatte (51) amaravatito ca aṭṭhapaṇṇāsamilamatte (58) padese kotanemalipurīti ca gundalapallīti ca voharitaṃ ṭhānadvayamatthi, tattha ca bahūni buddhasāsanikaporāṇasantakāni diṭṭhāni, nemalīti telaguvohāro ca morassa, gundalu iti ca aṇḍassa, tasmā taṃ ṭhānadvayameva pubbe moraṇḍakheṭoti voharito ācariyabuddhaghosassa jātigāmo bhaveyyāti porāṇaṭṭhānagavesīhi gahito. Yasmā panetaṃ ‘‘moraṇḍakheṭakavattabbenā’’ti padaṃ ‘‘moraṇḍagāmajātenā’’ti padaṃ viya pāḷinayānucchavikaṃ na hoti, aññehi ca bahūhi visesanapadehi ekato aṭṭhatvā visesyapadassa pacchato visuṃ ṭhitaṃ, āgamaṭṭhakathādīsu ca na dissati, tasmā etaṃ kenaci taṃkālikena ācariyassa jātiṭṭhānaṃ sañjānantena pakkhittaṃ viya dissatīti.
Imesu pana tīsu ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso bodhimaṇḍasamīpe jātoti ca marammaraṭṭhikoti ca dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhiko’’ti ca vuttavacanesu pacchimameva balavataraṃ hoti ācariyasseva vacananissitattā, tasmā tadeva nissāya ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa uppatti evaṃ veditabbā.
已对照

阿阇梨觉音长老的缘起

Ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa aṭṭhuppatti
已对照

阿阇梨觉音于佛历第十个百年(佛历 901 至 1000 年)生于南印度地方摩兰陀村的婆罗门家。他精通三吠陀,以及一切明、工巧与典籍;听闻了佛陀的教法之后,也想学习它,便就在那南印度地方的一座上座部寺院里,在以离婆多长老为首的住大寺的诸比丘座下,受了出家与具足戒,学习三藏圣典。他正当如是学习三藏圣典时,便了知了:「这是为了见清净、为了作证涅槃的唯一之道。」他的阿阇梨与戒师们知道他具足殊胜的智之威力,预见到「此人的名声将在佛陀的教法中如佛陀[的名声]一般流传」,便给他取名为「觉音」。因此说:「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的。」

Ācariyabuddhaghoso dasame buddhavassasatake (901-1000-bu-va) dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe moraṇḍagāme brāhmaṇakule jāto, so tīsu vedesu ceva sabbavijjāsippaganthesu ca pāraṅgato hutvā buddhasāsanadhammaṃ sutvā tampi uggaṇhitukāmo tasmiṃyeva dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe ekasmiṃ theravādikavihāre mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ revatattherappamukhānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike pabbajjañceva upasampadañca gaṇhitvā piṭakattayapāḷimuggaṇhi. So evaṃ piṭakattayapāḷimuggaṇhantoyeva aññāsi ‘‘ayamekāyanamaggo dassanavisuddhiyā nibbānasacchikiriyāyā’’ti. Ācariyupajjhāyā ca tassa visiṭṭhañāṇappabhāvasampannabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘imassa buddhasāsane kittighoso buddhassa viya pavattissatī’’ti sampassamānā ‘‘buddhaghoso’’ti nāmamakaṃsu. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyenā’’ti.
已对照

他如是学习了三藏圣典之后,住在作为马德拉斯城近郊之地的孔雀使港与建志城等地时,熟习了《案达义注》;由于对它不满足,又想熟习诸师子洲义注,并希望把它们转为巴利语而使之更新,便去了师子洲。那时在师子洲,名叫摩诃那摩的国王统治着王国,而那位国王对住无畏山者有净信,特别护持他们。

So evaṃ piṭakattayapāḷimuggaṇhitvā madarasa nagarasamīpaṭṭhānabhūte mayūradūtapaṭṭanamhi ca kañcipurādīsu ca vasanto andhakaṭṭhakathāya paricayaṃ katvā tāya asantuṭṭhacitto sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāsupi paricayaṃ kātukāmo tā ca pāḷibhāsamāropetvā abhinavīkātumāsīsanto sīhaḷadīpamagamāsi. Tasmiñca kāle sīhaḷadīpe mahānāmo nāma rājā rajjaṃ kāreti, so ca rājā abhayagirivāsīsu pasanno teyeva visesato paggaṇhāti.
缅 0.35已对照

然而有些现代学者这样说:「阿阇梨觉音来到师子洲,应当是在悉利弥伽槃那王时代(佛历 846 年)之前。」而这是他们的理由:在那位国王[在位]第九年(佛历 855 年),佛的牙舍利从羯陵伽国被带到了师子洲;从那时起,师子洲诸王每年都举行盛大的舍利供养大会。如果阿阇梨觉音是在那之后才来到师子洲的,他也会见到那令人欢喜的大会,而在自己的著作中记述它——就像名叫法显的中国比丘在摩诃那摩王时代(佛历 953 至 975 年)见到它,而在自己的行程记中记述了那样;然而在阿阇梨的著作中看不到对它的记述。由此可知:「阿阇梨觉音是在牙舍利到达的时代(佛历 855 年)之前就来到师子洲,作了诸义注。」但那不是坚实的理由。因为在三藏圣典的释义中,并不是任何一件自己亲眼所见的事都应记述;而且释义也不同于行程记。再者,在律义注《普端严》中,也从《岛史》引来了一些[内容]加以记述,而《岛史》所记述的事迹直到摩诃舍那王时代(佛历 819 至 845 年)为止,所以在悉利弥伽槃那王时代(佛历 845 至 873 年)以前,《岛史》本身恐怕都还没有写成。如果诸义注在那以前就已作成,怎么能在其中记述《岛史》呢?

Ekacce pana ādhunikā vicakkhaṇā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghosassa sīhaḷadīpāgamanena sirimeghavaṇṇarājakālato (846-bu-va) puretaraṃyeva bhavitabba’’nti. Idañca nesaṃ kāraṇaṃ, tassa rañño navavassakāle (855-bu-va) buddhassa dāṭhādhātukaliṅgaraṭṭhato sīhaḷadīpamānītā, tato paṭṭhāya sīhaḷarājāno anusaṃvaccharaṃ mahantaṃ dhātupūjāussavaṃ karonti. Yadi ca ācariyabuddhaghoso tato pacchā sīhaḷadīpamāgaccheyya, tampi pāsādikaṃ mahussavaṃ disvā attano ganthesu pakāseyya yathā phāhiyaṃ nāma cinabhikkhu mahānāmarājakāle (953-975-bu-va) taṃ disvā attano addhānakkamakathāyaṃ pakāsesi, na pana ācariyassa ganthesu taṃpakāsanā dissati, tenetaṃ ñāyati ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso dāṭhādhātusampattakālato (855-bu-va) puretaraṃyeva sīhaḷadīpamāgantvā aṭṭhakathāyo akāsī’’ti. Taṃ pana na daḷhakāraṇaṃ hoti, tipiṭakapāḷiyā hi atthasaṃvaṇṇanāya yaṃ vā taṃ vā attano paccakkhadiṭṭhaṃ pakāsetabbaṃ na hoti, na ca atthasaṃvaṇṇanā addhānakkamakathāsadisā. Kiñca bhiyyo, samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ dīpavaṃsatopi kiñci ānetvā pakāsitaṃ, dīpavaṃse ca yāva mahāsenarājakālā (819-845-bu-va) pavatti pakāsitāti sirimeghavaṇṇarājakālato (845-873-bu-va) pubbe dīpavaṃsoyeva likhito na bhaveyya. Yadi ca aṭṭhakathāyo tato pubbeyeva katā bhaveyyuṃ, kathaṃ tattha dīpavaṃso sakkā pakāsetunti.
已对照

而阿阇梨觉音在到达师子洲时(佛历 965 年),就前往大寺,在那里的师子洲诸大长老座下听受了诸师子洲义注。因为这已在《普端严》中说过——

Ācariyabuddhaghoso pana sīhaḷadīpaṃ pattakāle (965-bu-va) mahāvihārameva gantvā tattha sīhaḷamahātherānaṃ santike sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo suṇi. Vuttañhi samantapāsādikāyaṃ –
已对照

「《大义注》以及《大筏义注》,

‘‘Mahāaṭṭhakathañceva, mahāpaccarimeva ca;
已对照

与《俱卢地义注》——这三部师子洲义注,

Kurundiñcāti tissopi, sīhaḷaṭṭhakathā imā.
已对照

在名为佛友的、著称而有名声的、

Buddhamittoti nāmena, vissutassa yasassino;
已对照

通晓律而贤明的长老座下听受之后」[《附随义注》〈结语〉]。

Vinayaññussa dhīrassa, sutvā therassa santike’’ti [pari. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā].
缅 0.36已对照

然而以这段义注之语,只显示了[他]听受过《大义注》等三部义注。而在《普端严》中,也显示了《略义注》与《案达义注》的抉择,那么为什么阿阇梨没有在师子洲诸长老座下听受它们呢?在它们之中,首先《案达义注》,由于是案达罗地方的,又由于[他]已熟习过,所以没有听受——这个道理是显而易见的。而《略义注》,应知是由于它只是《大筏义注》的简略本,所以没有听受。因为如此,在《金刚觉复注》的卷首释义中[《金刚觉复注》〈序论释义〉]说,《小筏义注》与《案达义注》也被「等」字所摄;而在《真义灯》《除疑》两部复注中[《真义灯》1.92〈波逸提篇〉;《除疑》1〈序论释义〉]则说,被摄的是《案达义注》与《略义注》。而在《普端严》中,任何地方都看不到「小筏」这个名称,只看得到《大义注》《大筏义注》《俱卢地义注》《案达义注》《略义注》这些名称;而且在许多地方,以「而在《略义注》与《大筏义注》中说」等语[《波罗夷义注》1.94],显示了两者相同的抉择。所以,在《金刚觉复注》中称为「小筏」的义注,可能是从《大筏义注》中摘出而简略作成的义注;它由于是简略作成的,可能就得名为《略义注》。既然如此,听受了《大筏义注》,它也就等于已听受了,所以应知阿阇梨没有[另外]听受它。

Iminā pana aṭṭhakathāvacanena mahāaṭṭhakathādīnaṃ tissannaṃyeva aṭṭhakathānaṃ sutabhāvo dassito. Samantapāsādikāyaṃ pana saṅkhepaandhakaṭṭhakathānampi vinicchayo dassitoyeva, kasmā pana tā ācariyena sīhaḷattherānaṃ santike na sutāti? Tāsu hi andhakaṭṭhakathā tāva andhakaraṭṭhikabhāvato, kataparicayabhāvato ca na sutāti pākaṭoyevāyamattho. Saṅkhepaṭṭhakathā pana mahāpaccariṭṭhakathāya saṃkhittamattabhāvato na sutāti veditabbā. Tathā hi vajirabuddhiṭīkāyaṃ ganthārambhasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ [vijira. ṭī. ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā] cūḷapaccariṭṭhakathāandhakaṭṭhakathānampi ādi-saddena saṅgahitabhāvo vutto, sāratthadīpanī-vimativinodanīṭīkāsu [sārattha. ṭī. 1.92 pācittiyakaṇḍa; vi. vi. ṭī. 1.ganthārambhakathāvaṇṇanā] pana andhakasaṅkhepaṭṭhakathānaṃ saṅgahitabhāvo vutto, samantapāsādikāyañca cūḷapaccarīti nāmaṃ kuhiñcipi na dissati, mahāṭṭhakathā mahāpaccarī kurundī andhakasaṅkhepaṭṭhakathāti imāniyeva nāmāni dissanti, bahūsu ca ṭhānesu ‘‘saṅkhepaṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana mahāpaccariyañca vutta’’ntiādinā [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.94] dvinnampi samānavinicchayo dassito. Tasmā vajirabuddhiyaṃ cūḷapaccarīti vuttaṭṭhakathā mahāpaccarito uddharitvā saṅkhepena kataṭṭhakathā bhaveyya, sā ca saṅkhepena katattā saṅkhepaṭṭhakathā nāma jātā bhaveyya. Evañca sati mahāpaccariyā sutāya sāpi sutāyeva hotīti na sā ācariyena sutāti veditabbā.
已对照

阿阇梨觉音正当如是听受诸师子洲义注时,僧伽波罗等诸长老了知他具足锐利、深广、敏捷之智的殊胜威力,以至上清净的信、慧、精进为庄严、以戒、正行、正直、柔和等功德之聚而成就,能深入自宗与他宗义理的幽深之处、具足慧的通达,并且极善巧于适合种种典籍的注释方法;在他完成听受之事的时候,[诸长老]各别各别地请求他撰作《清净道论》等典籍。而此中,阿阇梨具足前面所说的诸功德,以他自己的话就很明白。因为他在自己诸书的结语中说——

Evaṃ sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo suṇantasseva ācariyabuddhaghosassa tikkhagambhīrajavanañāṇappabhāvavisesasampannabhāvañca paramavisuddhasaddhābuddhivīriyapaṭimaṇḍitasīlācārajjavamaddavādiguṇasamudaya- samuditabhāvañca sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthapaññāveyyatti- yasamannāgatabhāvañca anekasatthantarocitasaṃvaṇṇanānayasukovidabhāvañca ñatvā taṃsavanakiccapariniṭṭhitakāle saṅghapālādayo therā taṃ visuddhimaggādiganthānaṃ karaṇatthāya visuṃ visuṃ āyāciṃsu. Ettha ca ācariyassa yathāvuttaguṇehi sampannabhāvo attano vacaneneva pākaṭo. Vuttañhi attano ganthanigamanesu –
已对照

「以至上清净的信、慧、精进为庄严,以戒、正行、正直、柔和等功德之聚而成就,能深入自宗与他宗义理的幽深之处,具足慧的通达」等。

‘‘Paramavisuddhasaddhābuddhivīriyapaṭimaṇḍitena sīlācārajjavamaddavādiguṇasamudayasamuditena sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthena paññāveyyattiyasamannāgatenā’’tiādi.
已对照

此中,以「能深入自宗与他宗义理的幽深之处(sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthena)」一语,显示:阿阇梨觉音长老善巧于自宗——即称为住大寺的清净上座部说者之说法方式的自宗,也[善巧]于他宗——即称为从大众部等直到大乘者为止、属于其他部派的他人之藏经典籍与论说方式的他宗,同样也[善巧]于他宗——即称为当时其他外道沙门、婆罗门之三吠陀等的他宗;并且在那些自宗、他宗中称为难以深入、难以了解之义的幽深之处,也能深入。应知以「具足慧的通达(paññāveyyattiyasamannāgato)」一语,显示阿阇梨觉音长老有能力节略、也有能力重新编订诸古义注。

Tattha sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthenāti padena ācariyabuddhaghosatthero mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ visuddhattheravādīnaṃ desanānayasaṅkhāte sakasamaye ca mahāsaṅghikādimahāyānikapariyosānānaṃ nikāyantarabhūtānaṃ paresaṃ piṭakaganthantaravādanayasaṅkhāte parasamaye ca tathā taṃkālikaaññatitthiyasamaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vedattayādisaṅkhāte parasamaye ca kovido, tesaṃ sakasamayaparasamayānaṃ durogāhadubbodhatthasaṅkhāte gahanaṭṭhānepi ca ogāhituṃ samatthoti dīpeti. Paññāveyyattiyasamannāgatoti padena ācariyabuddhaghosatthero porāṇaṭṭhakathāyo saṅkhipituñca paṭisaṅkharituñca samatthoti dīpetīti veditabbo.
已对照

请求[造论]的缘由

Āyācanakāraṇaṃ
缅 0.37已对照

那么,他们为什么请求他呢?[答:]要说的是——住大寺者从一开始,就只学习、教授古老的巴利三藏:如其在三次结集中以巴利语结集的那样,又如其在伐多伽摩尼王时代(佛历 455 至 467 年)被书于贝叶的那样;而不[学习、教授]转为梵语的藏经。而诸义注是约三百年以前作成的。因为如此,在诸义注中,除了摩诃舍那王的事迹[《波罗夷义注》2.236-237]之外,看不到婆萨跋王时代(佛历 609 至 653 年)以后诸师子洲长老以及其他人的事迹;而直到阿阇梨觉音的时代,也就只有那些古义注,没有被更新。因此人们大多对他们的藏经不起熟习的意欲,不起热忱。又由于诸义注是以[本]洲的语言编成的,他们也不能令自己的藏经流布到其他诸洲。而住无畏山者从伐多伽摩尼王时代起,就学习、教授一再新出的、转为梵语的法喜派等的藏经以及大乘藏经,因此人们大多对他们的藏经生起熟习的意欲,生起热忱;因为众生总是喜爱一再新出的东西。也正因为这样,他们能令自己的论说流布到其他诸洲。所以应知:那些住大寺的长老们想把自己的诸师子洲义注改编为巴利语,了知阿阇梨觉音长老有能如是作的殊胜智之威力,又具足前面所说的诸功德,便请求了他。

Kasmā pana te taṃ āyāciṃsūti? Vuccate, mahāvihāravāsino hi āditoyeva paṭṭhāya piṭakattayaṃ yathā tīsu saṅgītīsu pāḷibhāsāya saṅgītaṃ, yathā ca vaṭṭagāmaṇirājakāle (455-467-bu-va) potthakesu āropitaṃ, tathā porāṇaṃ pāḷipiṭakameva uggaṇhanti ceva vācenti ca, na sakkatāropitapiṭakaṃ. Aṭṭhakathāyo ca tivassasatamattato pure katā. Tathā hi aṭṭhakathāsu vasabharājakālato (609-653-bu-0) pacchā sīhaḷikattherānañceva aññesañca vatthu na dissati ṭhapetvā mahāsenarājavatthuṃ [pārā. aṭṭha. 2.236-237], yāva ācariyabuddhaghosakālāpi ca tā eva porāṇaṭṭhakathāyo atthi na abhinavīkatā. Tena tesaṃ piṭakesu yebhuyyena janā paricayaṃ kātuṃ asañjātābhilāsā honti asañjātussāhā. Dīpantaresu ca attano piṭakaṃ pattharāpetuṃ na sakkonti aṭṭhakathānaṃ dīpabhāsāya abhisaṅkhatattā. Abhayagirivāsino pana vaṭṭagāmaṇirājakālato paṭṭhāya sakkatabhāsāropitaṃ dhammarucinikāyādipiṭakampi mahāyānapiṭakampi navaṃ navaṃ pariyāpuṇanti ceva vācenti ca, tena tesaṃ piṭakesu yebhuyyena janā paricayaṃ kātuṃ sañjātābhilāsā honti sañjātussāhā, navaṃ navameva hi sattā piyāyanti. Tatoyeva te dīpantaresupi attano vādaṃ pattharāpetuṃ sakkonti. Tasmā te mahāvihāravāsino therā attano sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo pāḷibhāsāya abhisaṅkharitukāmā tathā kātuṃ samatthaṃ ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa ñāṇappabhāvavisesaṃ yathāvuttaguṇasampannabhāvañca ñatvā āyāciṃsūti veditabbaṃ.
已对照

《清净道论》的撰作

Visuddhimaggassa karaṇaṃ
缅 0.38已对照

在这些[典籍]之中,首先《清净道论》,是阿阇梨觉音受僧伽波罗长老之请,住在大寺南边精勤堂中大市镇主的楼阁[《附随义注》〈结语〉]时所作的。至此,「这部《清净道论》是谁所作?何时所作?在哪里所作?因何而作?」这些问题的意义已经详细阐明了。

现在我们将阐明「为何目的而作」等问题的意义。此中,「为何目的而作」这个问题的意义,正是阿阇梨自己阐明了。怎样[阐明]呢?

「在胜者的教法中获得了极难获得的出家之后,

对那摄戒等的、安稳的、通往清净的正直之道,

凡在此不如实了知的人,即使希求清净,

[这些]瑜伽者纵然精勤,也不能证得清净。

为令他们生起愉悦,抉择极清净的、

依止住大寺者说法方式的——

清净道,我将宣说;我恭敬地宣说它时,

一切希求清净的善人们,请[恭敬地]谛听。」[《清净道论》1.2]

所以,应知就主要的目的而言,这部《清净道论》是为了让希求称为清净的涅槃的诸善人,如实了知称为戒、定、慧的清净之道而作的。而就次要的目的而言,应知它也是为了让四部阿含义注的篇幅轻简而作的。因为如此,在诸阿含义注中说——

「此《清净道论》,正处于四阿含之中央,

[它]将住[于其中]而显明那里如所说之义;

正是如此,[它]由我所造。」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉]

Tesu tāva visuddhimaggaṃ ācariyabuddhaghoso saṅghapālattherena ajjhesito mahāvihārassa dakkhiṇabhāge padhānaghare mahānigamassāmino pāsāde [pari. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] vasanto akāsi. Ettāvatā ca ‘‘so panesa visuddhimaggo kena kato, kadā kato, kattha kato, kasmā kato’’ti imesaṃ pañhānamattho vitthārena vibhāvito hoti.
Idāni kimatthaṃ katotiādīnaṃ pañhānamatthaṃ pakāsayissāma. Tattha kimatthaṃ katoti etassa pana pañhassa attho ācariyeneva pakāsito. Kathaṃ?
‘‘Sudullabhaṃ labhitvāna, pabbajjaṃ jinasāsane;
Sīlādisaṅgahaṃ khemaṃ, ujuṃ maggaṃ visuddhiyā.
Yathābhūtaṃ ajānantā, suddhikāmāpi ye idha;
Visuddhiṃ nādhigacchanti, vāyamantāpi yogino.
Tesaṃ pāmojjakaraṇaṃ, suvisuddhavinicchayaṃ;
Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, desanānayanissitaṃ.
Visuddhimaggaṃ bhāsissaṃ, taṃ me sakkacca bhāsato;
Visuddhikāmā sabbepi, nisāmayatha sādhavo’’ti [visuddhi. 1.2].
Tasmā esa visuddhimaggo visuddhisaṅkhātanibbānakāmānaṃ sādhujanānaṃ sīlasamādhipaññāsaṅkhātassa visuddhimaggassa yāthāvato jānanatthāya katoti padhānappayojanavasena veditabbo. Appadhānappayojanavasena pana catūsu āgamaṭṭhakathāsu ganthasallahukabhāvatthāyapi katoti veditabbo. Tathā hi vuttaṃ āgamaṭṭhakathāsu –
‘‘Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi āgamānañhi;
Ṭhatvā pakāsayissati, tattha yathābhāsitamatthaṃ;
Icceva me kato’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā].
Tannissayo
已对照

其所依

缅 0.39已对照

「依什么而作」这个问题的意义,也正是阿阇梨自己阐明了。因为在此[论的]卷首说过——

「依止住大寺者说法方式的」[《清净道论》1.2]。

同样,在结语中也[说]——

「关于那些戒等类别之义的抉择,

凡在五部尼柯耶的义注方法中所说的;

把那一切汇集起来,大多附有判定,

因为[它]已离一切混杂的过失而被阐明」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉]。

而以这段话,这个意义就清楚了——「阿阇梨在撰作《清净道论》时,依止称为住大寺者说法方式的五部尼柯耶的诸古义注,把其中所说的、应采取的一切抉择汇集起来而作成[本论]。」所以应知:此中所显示的任何字句释义、抉择或作为证成的故事,那一切都是从古师子洲义注——即各该所举圣典字句所属之部的注释——取来,只以转换语言的方式显示的。因为这部《清净道论》也不是仅凭自己的智之威力而作,也不是作为单独的论书而作,而正是作为四部阿含义注的组成部分而作的。因为在它们的结语中说——

「《清净道论》以诵分计也约五十九[诵分];

因为它是为阐明诸阿含之义而作的。

所以,这部义注与它合计,以诵分之数计,

善加限定、精确划分下来,[共]为一百四十」等[《长部义注》3〈结语〉]。

而在《清净道论》〈道非道智见清净的解说〉中,以「这暂且是《清净论》中的方法。而在《圣种论》中」等语[《清净道论》2.717]所说的两部论,应知它们也含摄于住大寺者的说法方式之中,正是这部《清净道论》的所依。

Kiṃ nissāya katoti etassapi pañhassa attho ācariyeneva pakāsito. Vuttañhi ettha ganthārambhe –
‘‘Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, desanānayanissita’’nti [visuddhi. 1.2].
Tathā nigamanepi –
‘‘Tesaṃ sīlādibhedānaṃ, atthānaṃ yo vinicchayo;
Pañcannampi nikāyānaṃ, vutto aṭṭhakathānaye.
Samāharitvā taṃ sabbaṃ, yebhuyyena sanicchayo;
Sabbasaṅkaradosehi, mutto yasmā pakāsito’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā].
Iminā pana vacanena ayamattho pākaṭo hoti – ‘‘visuddhimaggaṃ kurumāno ācariyo mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ desanānayasaṅkhātā pañcannampi nikāyānaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathāyo nissāya tāsu vuttaṃ gahetabbaṃ sabbaṃ vinicchayaṃ samāharitvā akāsī’’ti. Tasmā yā yā ettha padavaṇṇanā vā vinicchayo vā sādhakavatthu vā dassīyati, taṃ sabbaṃ tassa tassa niddhāritapāḷipadassanikāyasaṃvaṇṇanābhūtāya porāṇasīhaḷaṭṭhakathāto ānetvā bhāsāparivattanavaseneva dassitanti veditabbaṃ. Ayampi hi visuddhimaggo na kevalaṃ attano ñāṇappabhāvena kato, visuṃ pakaraṇabhāvena ca, atha kho catunnampi āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ avayavabhāveneva kato. Vuttañhi tāsaṃ nigamane –
‘‘Ekūnasaṭṭhimatto, visuddhimaggopi bhāṇavārehi;
Atthappakāsanatthāya, āgamānaṃ kato yasmā.
Tasmā tena sahāyaṃ, aṭṭhakathā bhāṇavāragaṇanāya;
Suparimitaparicchinnaṃ, cattālīsasataṃ hotī’’tiādi [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.nigamanakathā].
Yā pana visuddhimagge maggāmaggañāṇadassanavisuddhiniddese ‘‘ayaṃ tāva visuddhikathāyaṃ nayo. Ariyavaṃsakathāyaṃ panā’’tiādinā [visuddhi. 2.717] dve kathā vuttā, tāpi mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ desanānaye antogadhā imassa visuddhimaggassa nissayāyevāti veditabbāti.
已对照

其撰作的方式

Takkaraṇappakāro
已对照

「以什么方式而作」——此中,[本论]正是以前一问中所说的方式而作的。因为如此,阿阇梨从《相应部》中[取来]——

Kena pakārena katoti ettha anantarapañhe vuttappakāreneva kato. Tathā hi ācariyo saṃyuttanikāyato
已对照

「有慧之人安住于戒,修习心与慧;

‘‘Sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño, cittaṃ paññañca bhāvayaṃ;
已对照

热勤而审慎的比丘,他能解开此缠结。」[《相应部》1.23]——

Ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭa’’nti [saṃ. ni. 1.23] –
缅 0.40已对照

先举出这首偈,把其中作为主要而说的戒、定、慧各别各别地详细分别而作[本论]。而在如是作时,他从五部尼柯耶中摘出与戒、定、慧相应的经句,以转换语言的方式依诸师子洲义注显示它们的意义,并阐明了其中所说的师子洲的诸故事与诸抉择。而特别是当时流行的、违背自宗的他宗之说,他在许多地方举出来,说明理由而加以驳斥。怎样[驳斥]呢?

Imaṃ gāthaṃ paṭhamaṃ dassetvā tattha padhānavasena vuttā sīlasamādhipaññāyo visuṃ visuṃ vitthārato vibhajitvā akāsi. Evaṃ kurumāno ca pañcahipi nikāyehi sīlasamādhipaññāpaṭisaṃyuttāni suttapadāni uddharitvā tesaṃ atthañca sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāhi bhāsāparivattanavasena dassetvā tāsu vuttāni sīhaḷikavatthūni ca vinicchaye ca pakāsesi. Visesato pana tasmiṃ kāle pākaṭā sakasamayaviruddhā samayantarā ca bahūsu ṭhānesu dassetvā sahetukaṃ paṭikkhittā. Kathaṃ?
已对照

因为在那里的〈性行释义〉中,他举出有些人的说法:「此中,有些人说:首先,前三种性行以宿习为因缘,以及以界与体液为因缘。相传过去多作可意之事与净业者是贪行者,或者是从天界死后生于此处者。过去多作割截、杀害、捆绑、怨仇之业者是瞋行者,或者是从地狱、龙胎死后生于此处者。过去多饮酒且缺少闻与遍问者是痴行者,或者是从畜生胎死后生于此处者——他们这样说[性行]以宿习为因缘。又由于两种界增盛,人是痴行者,[即]地界与水界。由于另外两种[界]增盛,是瞋行者。而由于一切[界]均等,是贪行者。又在诸体液中,痰多者是贪行者,风多者是痴行者。或者痰多者是痴行者,风多者是贪行者——他们这样说[性行]以界与体液为因缘。」之后,以「此中,因为过去多作可意之事与净业者、从天界死后生于此处者,并非一切都是贪行者;其他人也[并非一切]都是瞋行者、痴行者。同样,诸界也没有依如所说的方法而有的所谓增盛的定则。在体液的定则中,只说了贪、痴二者,而那也是前后矛盾的。所以这一切都是未经界定之说」[《清净道论》1.44]加以驳斥。那在名为《胜义宝函》的《清净道论大复注》中,以「『有些人(ekacce)』者:是就优波底沙长老而说的,因为他在《解脱道论》中是这样说的」等语作了解释[《清净道论大复注》1.44]。

Tattha hi cariyāvaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘tatra purimā tāva tisso cariyā pubbāciṇṇanidānā dhātudosanidānā cāti ekacce vadanti. Pubbe kira iṭṭhappayogasubhakammabahulo rāgacarito hoti, saggā vā cavitvā idhūpapanno. Pubbe chedanavadhabandhanaverakammabahulo dosacarito hoti, nirayanāgayonīhi vā cavitvā idhūpapanno. Pubbe majjapānabahulo sutaparipucchāvihīno ca mohacarito hoti, tiracchānayoniyā vā cavitvā idhūpapannoti evaṃ pubbāciṇṇanidānāti vadanti. Dvinnaṃ pana dhātūnaṃ ussannattā puggalo mohacarito hoti pathavīdhātuyā ca āpodhātuyā ca. Itarāsaṃ dvinnaṃ ussannattā dosacarito. Sabbāsaṃ samattā pana rāgacaritoti. Dosesu ca semhādhiko rāgacarito hoti. Vātādhiko mohacarito. Semhādhiko vā mohacarito. Vātādhiko rāgacaritoti evaṃ dhātudosanidānāti vadantī’’ti ekaccevādaṃ dassetvā so ‘‘tattha yasmā pubbe iṭṭhappayogasubhakammabahulāpi saggā cavitvā idhūpapannāpi ca na sabbe rāgacaritāneva honti, na itare vā dosamohacaritā. Evaṃ dhātūnañca yathāvutteneva nayena ussadaniyamo nāma natthi. Dosaniyame ca rāgamohadvayameva vuttaṃ, tampi ca pubbāparaviruddhameva. Tasmā sabbametaṃ aparicchinnavacana’’nti [visuddhi. 1.44] paṭikkhitto. Taṃ paramatthamañjūsāya nāma visuddhimaggamahāṭīkāyaṃ ‘‘ekacceti upatissattheraṃ sandhāyāha, tena hi vimuttimagge tathā vutta’’ntiādinā vaṇṇitaṃ [visuddhi. ṭī. 1.44].
已对照

《解脱道论》

Vimuttimaggapakaraṇaṃ
缅 0.41已对照

所谓《解脱道论》是什么呢?是一部如《清净道论》一样,把戒、定、慧各别各别地分别而阐明的行道之书。因为在那里——

「戒、定与慧,以及无上的解脱;

这些法已被有名声的乔达摩所随觉。」[《长部》2.186;《增支部》4.1]——

先举出这首偈,[再]依解释其义的方式,把戒、定、慧、解脱各别各别地分别而阐明。而那部书现在只见于中国,由名叫僧伽婆罗的比丘译为汉语(佛历 1048 年)。但它是由谁、从哪里带到那里的,并不清楚。而那位僧伽婆罗的阿阇梨,是名叫求那跋陀罗的大乘比丘,中印度人;他从印度前往中国时,先去了师子洲,再从那里(佛历 978 年)去了中国。那时[这部书]可能就是由他带去的[《解脱道论》《清净道论》]。

因为在那部《解脱道论》中,宿习因缘的说明与界因缘的说明,正如《清净道论》中的「有些人之说」那样出现。而在体液因缘的说明中,则以「痰多者是贪行者,胆汁多者是瞋行者,风多者是痴行者。或者痰多者是痴行者,风多者是贪行者」说了贪、瞋、痴三者全部的体液定则。而阿阇梨觉音所见的《解脱道论》写本中,可能缺了「胆汁多者是瞋行者」这一读法。

此外,在《清净道论》中被驳斥的其他许多[说法],在那部《解脱道论》中都可见到是作为应采取的。怎么说呢?

在〈戒的解说〉(第 1 册第 8 页)中,以「而其他人则以『头(sira)之义是戒义,清凉(sītala)之义是戒义』等方式来解释此中之义」而被驳斥的义,在那里也可见到是作为应采取的。

同样,在〈头陀支的解说〉(第 1 册第 78 页)中,以「凡认为头陀支脱离善三法的,在他们而言,依实义便根本没有头陀支。不存在的[东西],由于抖落什么而会名为『头陀支』呢?他们也会陷于与『受持诸头陀功德而行』之语相违,所以那[说法]不应接受」而被驳斥的施设头陀支,在那里也可见到。而在《大复注》(第 1 册第 104 页)中,以「『凡……者的(yesaṃ)』者:是就住无畏山者而说的,因为他们说所谓头陀支是施设」作了解释。

同样,在〈地遍的解说〉(第 1 册第 144 页)中,以「所谓行道清净,是连同资粮的近行;所谓舍的增益,是安止;所谓令喜,是省察——有些[师]如是解说」等语而被驳斥的「有些[师]之说」,在那里也可见到。而在《大复注》(第 1 册第 172 页)中,以「『有些[师](eke)』者:即住无畏山者」作了解释。

同样,在〈蕴的解说〉(第 2 册第 80 页)中,引来了「力色、精色、生色、病色、依某些[师]之见的睡眠色」这样的其他诸色之后,阐明了它们在古义注中被驳斥。在《大复注》中,以「『依某些[师](ekaccānaṃ)』者:即住无畏山者的」作了解释。它们之中,生色与睡眠色在《解脱道论》中有显示。不只是显示而已,还以「所谓睡眠有三种:食生的、时节生的与心生的。其中唯有心生的是盖,而其余两种连阿罗汉也可能有」等语,论证了睡眠色的存在。

至此,就能知道《解脱道论》中说了与《清净道论》意义不同的[诸说],以及那部书为住无畏山者所接受。而像这样不相同的说法,在那里还有许多,但不能在此把它们全部显示出来。

而它的撰作方式大体上与《清净道论》相同。因为凡是《清净道论》从阿毗达摩的《分别论》,或从《无碍解道》,或从其他诸经引来作为证成而显示的各段圣典,在那里大体上也都可见到。我们将从中摘出少许列出,以便推知。

《清净道论》(第 1 册第 47 页)所显示的、以「五种戒:杀生的舍断是戒」开头的《无碍解道》圣典,在《解脱道论》中也可见到。

《清净道论》(第 1 册第 137 页)显示「定是欲欲的对治……乃至……伺是疑的[对治]」这句话是在《藏释》(peṭaka)中所说的;那[部论]中也同样显示它,而指明为「在《三藏》(tipeṭaka)中所说」。而「在《三藏》中」这个名称,可能也正是就《藏释》(peṭakopadesa)而说的。因为在那里,在「正离诸欲」一句的释义中,显示「由无贪的圆满,成就离诸欲;无瞋的[圆满]。由无痴的圆满,成就离诸不善法」这段文字是在《三藏》中所说的。而那段文字在《藏释》(第 262 页)中,以「此中,由无贪的圆满,而离诸欲」等形式可以见到。

又如《清净道论》(第 1 册第 258 页)从《相应部·大品》引来而显示以「诸比丘,这入出息念定也[是这样]:若修习」开头的圣典,在那里也同样。

又如《清净道论》(第 1 册第 272 页)从《无碍解道》引来而显示以「以念随行入息的初、中、后者」开头的圣典,以及(第 1 册第 273 页)锯喻圣典,在那里也同样。

又如《清净道论》(第 2 册第 69 页)从阿毗达摩的《分别论》引来而显示以「什么是思所成慧?」开头的圣典、以「此中什么是增益善巧?」开头的圣典,以及(第 2 册第 71 页)以「对苦的智是义无碍解」开头的圣典,在那里也同样。而在那里所说的一切一种、两种等慧的分类之论,也大体上与《清净道论》所说之论相同。

「凭借那眼净色,[人]随见诸色;

它是微小、细微的,可比于虱头。」[《清净道论》2.436;《法集论义注》596]——

这首偈在《解脱道论》中也正是作为尊者舍利弗长老所说而显示的。而「可比于虱头(ūkāsirasamūpamaṃ)」一语,在那里作「可比于虱(ūkāsamūpamaṃ)」,而那可能只是历代抄写者的疏忽之误。

关于四谛,[那里]也如《清净道论》一样,依词义、依相、依不少不多、依次第、依所含摄者的分类、依譬喻显示了抉择,而那大体上与《清净道论》[《清净道论》2.530]相同。

又如《清净道论》(第 2 册第 242 至 245 页)在〈思择智论〉中显示了依过去等十一种[方式]与依无常等三相各别各别地思择五蕴的方法,在那里也同样。而在以眼等为首、以老死为终的诸法中,那里只对以法伺为终的六十法显示了依无常等三相的思择方法。

而在《清净道论》〈见清净的解说〉(第 2 册第 230 至 232 页)中所说的「名与色是成双的……乃至……二者由缘故而破坏」这首偈、以「不从眼生起」开头的六首偈,以及以「不以自己的力量而生」开头的六首偈,在《解脱道论》的〈坏灭随观智论〉中有显示。其中只可见到很少的读法差异。

《清净道论》(第 2 册第 261 至 262 页)在无色七法中依《圣种论》的方法所说的依聚与依双的思择方法,在《解脱道论》中就在这〈坏灭随观智论〉中有显示。

在《解脱道论》的〈佛随念论〉中,于「世间解」一语的释义里,只依众生世间与行世间显示了两种世间,而不像《清净道论》(第 1 册第 199 至 200 页)那样[显示]空间世间。

至此,就能推知名为《解脱道论》的这部书是怎样的。而它正如不是住大寺者的书那样,也绝不是大乘者的书,因为它是依止上座部的藏经而作的。而因为在那里看不到任何师子洲的名称或长老之说,所以它也不是在师子洲所作的书。而印度的名称与用语在那里许多地方都可见到,所以它可能正是在印度所作的书。又因为它依止《藏释》在许多地方都可见到,特别是睡眠色的存在,以及阿罗汉也有它,都正是依止那[《藏释》]而显示的;而在《无碍解道难句释》中,于「在《藏释》中(peṭake)」一语[《无碍解道义注》1.1.36]的释义里,解释说:「《藏释》(peṭaka)是为经藏之义[而作]的义注,是化地部的典籍。」所以我们认为:这部《解脱道论》可能是属于化地部的人所作的。

Ko so vimuttimaggo nāma? Visuddhimaggo viya sīlasamādhipaññānaṃ visuṃ visuṃ vibhajitvā dīpako eko paṭipattigantho. Tattha hi –
‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā’’ti [dī. ni. 2.186; a. ni. 4.1] –
Imaṃ gāthaṃ paṭhamaṃ dassetvā tadatthavaṇṇanāvasena sīlasamādhipaññāvimuttiyo visuṃ visuṃ vibhajitvā dīpitā. So pana gantho idāni cinaraṭṭheyeva diṭṭho, cinabhāsāya ca parivattito (1048-bu-va) saṅghapālena nāma bhikkhunā. Kena pana so kuto ca tattha ānītoti na pākaṭametaṃ. Tassa pana saṅghapālassa ācariyo guṇabhadro nāma mahāyāniko bhikkhu majjhimaindiyadesiko, so indiyaraṭṭhato cinaraṭṭhaṃ gacchanto paṭhamaṃ sīhaḷadīpaṃ gantvā tato (978-bu-va) cinaraṭṭhaṃ gato. Tadā so tena ānīto bhaveyya [vimuttimagga, visuddhimagga].
Tasmiñhi vimuttimagge pubbāciṇṇanidānadassanaṃ dhātunidānadassanañca yatheva visuddhimagge ekaccevādo, tathevāgataṃ. Dosanidānadassane pana ‘‘semhādhiko rāgacarito, pittādhiko dosacarito, vātādhiko mohacarito. Semhādhiko vā mohacarito, vātādhiko rāgacarito’’ti tiṇṇampi rāgadosamohānaṃ dosaniyamo vutto. Ācariyabuddhaghosena diṭṭhavimuttimaggapotthake pana ‘‘pittādhiko dosacarito’’ti pāṭho ūno bhaveyya.
Aññānipi bahūni visuddhimagge paṭikkhittāni tattha vimuttimagge gahetabbabhāvena dissanti. Kathaṃ?
Sīlaniddese (1, 8-piṭṭhe) ‘‘aññe pana siraṭṭho sīlattho, sītalattho sīlatthoti evamādināpi nayenettha atthaṃ vaṇṇayantī’’ti paṭikkhitto atthopi tattha gahetabbabhāvena dissati.
Tathā dhutaṅganiddese (1, 78-piṭṭhe) ‘‘yesampi kusalattikavinimuttaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ, tesaṃ atthato dhutaṅgameva natthi, asantaṃ kassa dhunanato dhutaṅgaṃ nāma bhavissati, dhutaguṇe samādāya vattatīti vacanavirodhopi ca nesaṃ āpajjati, tasmā taṃ na gahetabba’’nti paṭikkhittaṃ paññattidhutaṅgampi tattha dissati. Mahāṭīkāyaṃ (1-104) pana ‘‘yesanti abhayagirivāsike sandhāyāha, te hi dhutaṅgaṃ nāma paññattīti vadantī’’ti vaṇṇitaṃ.
Tathā pathavīkasiṇaniddese (1, 144) ‘‘paṭipadāvisuddhi nāma sasambhāriko upacāro, upekkhānubrūhanā nāma appanā, sampahaṃsanā nāma paccavekkhaṇāti evameke vaṇṇayantī’’tiādinā paṭikkhittaekevādopi tattha dissati. Mahāṭīkāyaṃ (1, 172) pana ‘‘eketi abhayagirivāsino’’ti vaṇṇitaṃ.
Tathā khandhaniddese (2, 80-piṭṭhe) ‘‘balarūpaṃ sambhavarūpaṃ jātirūpaṃ rogarūpaṃ ekaccānaṃ matena middharūpa’’nti evaṃ aññānipi rūpāni āharitvā porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ tesaṃ paṭikkhittabhāvo pakāsito. Mahāṭīkāyaṃ ‘‘ekaccānanti abhayagirivāsīna’’nti vaṇṇitaṃ. Tesu jātirūpaṃ middharūpañca vimuttimagge dassitaṃ. Na kevalaṃ dassanamattameva, atha kho middharūpassa atthibhāvopi ‘‘middhaṃ nāma tividhaṃ āhārajaṃ utujaṃ cittajañcāti. Tesu cittajameva nīvaraṇaṃ hoti, sesā pana dve arahatopi bhaveyyu’’ntiādinā sādhito.
Ettāvatā ca vimuttimagge visuddhimaggena asamānatthānaṃ vuttabhāvo ca abhayagirivāsīhi tassa ganthassa paṭiggahitabhāvo ca sakkā ñātuṃ. Aññānipi pana īdisāni asamānavacanāni bahūni tattha saṃvijjantiyeva, tāni pana sabbāni na sakkā idha dassetuṃ.
Yebhuyyena panassa karaṇappakāro visuddhimaggassa viya hoti. Yā yā hi pāḷi abhidhammavibhaṅgato vā paṭisambhidāmaggato vā aññasuttantehi vā ānetvā sādhakabhāvena visuddhimagge dassiyati, tatthapi sā sā pāḷi yebhuyyena dissateva. Tāsu kañcimattaṃ uddharitvā anuminanatthāya dassayissāma.
Yā visuddhimagge (1, 47-piṭṭhe) ‘‘pañca sīlāni pāṇātipātassa pahānaṃ sīla’’ntiādikā paṭisambhidāmaggapāḷi dassitā, sā vimuttimaggepi dissateva.
Yañca visuddhimagge (1, 137-piṭṭhe) ‘‘samādhi kāmacchandassa paṭipakkho…pe… vicāro vicikicchāyā’’ti vacanaṃ peṭake vuttanti dassitaṃ, tañca tatthapi tatheva dassetvā ‘‘tipeṭake vutta’’nti niddiṭṭhaṃ. Tipeṭaketi nāmañca peṭakopadesameva sandhāya vuttaṃ bhaveyya. Tattha hi vivicceva kāmehīti pāṭhasaṃvaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘alobhassa pāripūriyā kāmehi viveko sampajjati, adosassa. Amohassa pāripūriyā akusalehi dhammehi viveko sampajjatī’’ti pāṭhassa tipeṭake vuttabhāvo dassito. So ca pāṭho peṭakopadese (262-piṭṭhe) ‘‘tattha alobhassa pāripūriyā vivitto hoti kāmehī’’tiādinā dissati.
Yathā ca visuddhimagge (1, 258-piṭṭhe) ‘‘ayampi kho bhikkhave ānāpānassatisamādhi bhāvito’’tiādikā pāḷi mahāvaggasaṃyuttakato ānetvā dassitā, tatheva tatthapi.
Yathā ca visuddhimagge (1, 272-piṭṭhe) ‘‘assāsādimajjhapariyosānaṃ satiyā anugacchato’’tiādi pāḷi ca (1, 273-piṭṭhe) kakacūpamapāḷi ca paṭisambhidāmaggato ānetvā dassitā, tatheva tatthapi.
Yathā ca visuddhimagge (2, 69-piṭṭhe) ‘‘katamā cintāmayā paññā’’tiādikā ca pāḷi ‘‘tattha katamaṃ āyakosalla’’ntiādikā ca pāḷi (2, 71-piṭṭhe) ‘‘dukkhe ñāṇaṃ atthapaṭisambhidā’’tiādikā ca pāḷi abhidhammavibhaṅgato ānetvā dassitā, tatheva tatthapi. Sabbāpi ca tattha vuttā ekavidhaduvidhādipaññāpabhedakathā visuddhimagge vuttakathāya yebhuyyena samānāyeva.
‘‘Yena cakkhupasādena, rūpāni manupassati;
Parittaṃ sukhumaṃ etaṃ, ūkāsirasamūpama’’nti [visuddhi. 2.436; dha. sa. aṭṭha. 596] –
Ayampi gāthā vimuttimaggepi āyasmatā sāriputtattherena bhāsitabhāveneva dassitā. Ūkāsirasamūpamanti padaṃ pana ūkāsamūpamanti tattha dissati, tañca paramparalekhakānaṃ pamādalekhamattameva siyā.
Catūsu saccesu visuddhimagge viya vacanatthato lakkhaṇato anūnādhikato kamato antogadhānaṃ pabhedato upamāto ca vinicchayo dassito, so ca yebhuyyena visuddhimaggena [visuddhi. 2.530] samānoyeva.
Yathā ca visuddhimagge (2, 242-245) sammasanañāṇakathāyaṃ pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ atītādiekādasavidhena ca aniccādilakkhaṇattayena ca visuṃ visuṃ sammasananayo dassito, tatheva tatthapi. Cakkhādijarāmaraṇapariyosānesu pana dhammesu dhammavicārapariyosānānaṃ saṭṭhiyā eva dhammānaṃ aniccādilakkhaṇattayena sammasananayo tattha dassito.
Visuddhimagge pana diṭṭhivisuddhiniddese (2, 230-232-piṭṭhesu) vuttā ‘‘yamakaṃ nāmarūpañca…pe… ubho bhijjanti paccayā’’ti gāthā ca, ‘‘na cakkhuto jāyare’’tiādikā cha gāthāyo ca, ‘‘na sakena balena jāyare’’tiādikā cha gāthāyo ca vimuttimagge bhaṅgānupassanāñāṇakathāyaṃ dassitā. Tāsu appamattakoyeva pāṭhabhedo dissati.
Visuddhimagge (2, 261-2-piṭṭhesu) arūpasattakesu ariyavaṃsakathānayena vutto kalāpato ca yamakato ca sammasananayo vimuttimagge ettheva bhaṅgānupassanāñāṇakathāyaṃ dassito.
Vimuttimagge buddhānussatikathāyaṃ lokavidūti padassa atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ sattalokasaṅkhāralokavasena dveyeva lokā dassitā, na pana okāsaloko yathā visuddhimagge (1, 199-200-piṭṭhesu).
Ettāvatā ca vimuttimaggo nāma gantho kīdisoti sakkā anuminituṃ. So pana yathā na mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ gantho hoti, evaṃ mahāyānikānampi na hotiyeva theravādapiṭakameva nissāya katabhāvato. Yasmā pana tattha na kiñcipi sīhaḷadīpikaṃ nāmaṃ vā theravādo vā dissati, tasmā so sīhaḷadīpe kataganthopi na hoti. Indiyaraṭṭhikaṃ pana nāmañca vohāro ca tattha bahūsu ṭhānesu dissati, tasmā indiyaraṭṭhe kataganthova bhaveyya. Yasmā cassa peṭakopadesaṃ nissitabhāvo bahūsu ṭhānesu dissati, visesato pana middharūpassa atthibhāvo ca, arahatopi tassa atthibhāvo ca tameva nissāya dassīyati, paṭisambhidāmaggagaṇṭhipade ca peṭaketi padassa [paṭi. ma. aṭṭha. 1.1.36] atthavaṇṇanāyaṃ ‘‘suttantapiṭakatthāya aṭṭhakathā peṭakaṃ mahisāsakānaṃ gantho’’ti vaṇṇito. Tasmā eso vimuttimaggo mahisāsakanikāyikena kato bhaveyyāti amhākaṃ mati.
已对照

所依义注的阐明

Nissayaṭṭhakathāvibhāvanā
缅 0.45已对照

而《清净道论》不只是依前面所说的方式而作,也依下面将说的方式[而作]。因为如此,阿阇梨觉音长老虽然从诸古义注汇集而以转换语言的方式显示,凡有任何释义或抉择可能令人生疑之处,就在那一一处,以「这是在律义注中所说的」(第 1 册第 263 页),或「在诸律义注中说,而在诸中部义注中」(第 1 册第 70 页),或「增支部诵者们」(第 1 册第 72 页),或「依诸义注师的见解的抉择」(第 1 册第 99 页),或「这也已在诸义注中说过」(第 1 册第 118 页),或「那[说法]诸义注中已加以驳斥」(第 1 册第 134 页),或「长部诵者与相应部诵者的见解」,或「中部诵者们认为」(第 1 册第 267 页),或「诸义注中的抉择」,或「长部诵者们暂且如是[说],而中部诵者们说」(第 1 册第 277 页),或「而在《增支部义注》中……乃至……说了这一次第,那与圣典不合」(第 1 册第 309 页),或「中部诵者们暂且如是[说],而相应部诵者们」(第 2 册第 62 页),或「在《相应部义注》中说」(第 2 册第 63 页),或「而在义注中」(第 2 册第 80 页),如是也阐明了各该释义与抉择的所依,正是在消除后人会生起的疑惑之中显示了它们。

Visuddhimaggo pana na kevalaṃ pubbe vuttappakāreneva kato, atha kho vuccamānappakārenāpi. Tathā hi ācariyabuddhaghosatthero porāṇaṭṭhakathāhi samāharitvā bhāsāparivattanavasena dassentopi yā yā atthavaṇṇanā vā vinicchayo vā saṃsayitabbo hoti, tattha tattha vinayaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanti vā (1, 263), vinayaṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ, majjhimaṭṭhakathāsu panāti vā (1, 70), aṅguttarabhāṇakāti vā (1, 72), aṭṭhakathācariyānaṃ matānusārena vinicchayoti vā (1, 99), vuttampi cetaṃ aṭṭhakathāsūti vā (1, 118), taṃ aṭṭhakathāsu paṭikkhittanti vā (1, 134), dīghabhāṇakasaṃyuttabhāṇakānaṃ matanti vā, majjhimabhāṇakā icchantīti vā (1, 267), aṭṭhakathāsu vinicchayoti vā, evaṃ tāva dīghabhāṇakā, majjhimabhāṇakā panāhūti vā (1, 277), aṅguttaraṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana…pe… ayaṃ kamo vutto, so pāḷiyā na sametīti vā (1, 309), evaṃ tāva majjhimabhāṇakā, saṃyuttabhāṇakā panāti vā (2, 62), saṃyuttaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vuttanti vā (2, 63), aṭṭhakathāyaṃ panāti vā (2, 80) evaṃ taṃtaṃatthavaṇṇanāvinicchayānaṃ nissayampi vibhāvetvā pacchimajanānaṃ uppajjamānasaṃsayaṃ vinodentoyeva te dassesi.
已对照

由此,以下的意义就极为清楚了:在撰作这部《清净道论》的时候,一切师子洲义注都在阿阇梨手边;阿阇梨早先就已在师子洲诸长老座下听受过它们;阿阇梨从它们之中取了一切应取的,写成了这部《清净道论》。所以,在《大史》中——

Tenimassa visuddhimaggassa karaṇakāle sabbāpi sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo ācariyassa santike santīti ca, pubbeyeva tā ācariyena sīhaḷattherānaṃ santike sutāti ca, tāhi gahetabbaṃ sabbaṃ gahetvā ayaṃ visuddhimaggo ācariyena likhitoti ca ayamattho ativiya pākaṭo hoti. Tasmā yaṃ mahāvaṃse –
已对照

以「僧团给了他两首偈:『你的能力』」等语,带着「阿阇梨觉音只看了两首偈,没有看其他任何一部书,就作了《清净道论》」的意趣所说的赞叹之语,应知那只是赞叹而已。

‘‘Saṅgho gāthādvayaṃ tassā’dāsi sāmatthiyaṃ tavā’’tiādinā ‘‘gāthādvayameva oloketvā kiñcipi aññaṃ potthakaṃ anoloketvā ācariyabuddhaghoso visuddhimaggaṃ akāsī’’ti adhippāyena abhitthutivacanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ abhitthutimattamevāti veditabbaṃ.
已对照

古师之说的举示

Porāṇavacanadassanaṃ
缅 0.46已对照

阿阇梨不只是把诸义注作为所依而显示,也以「而古师们说」等语显示了古师们的话。这在此[论中]于二十二处可见到[《清净道论》1.15、137、142、217、252、303;2.581、675-676、689、706、736、745、746、749、755、778、839]。那么,这些所谓的古师们是谁呢?应知是直到第四次结集时为止,属于诸结集者之列的,或与他们同等的诸大长老。因为如此,在《无碍解道》(第 292 至 293 页)中——

Na kevalaṃ ācariyo aṭṭhakathāyoyeva nissayabhāvena dassesi, atha kho ‘‘porāṇā panāhū’’tiādinā porāṇānaṃ vacanampi dassesiyeva. Tadettha dvāvīsatiyā ṭhānesu diṭṭhaṃ [visuddhi. 1.15, 137, 142, 217, 252, 303; 2.581, 675-676, 689, 706, 736, 745, 746, 749,755, 778, 839]. Ke panete porāṇā nāma? Yāva catutthasaṅgītikālā saṅgītikāresu pariyāpannā vā tādisā vā mahātherāti veditabbā. Tathā hi paṭisambhidāmagge (292-3-piṭṭhesu).
已对照

「于光明、于智、于喜,[心]动摇……乃至……

‘‘Obhāse ceva ñāṇe ca, pītiyā ca vikampati…pe…
已对照

他便善巧于法之掉举,也不陷入散乱。」——

Dhammuddhaccakusalo hoti, na ca vikkhepaṃ gacchatī’’ti –
已对照

如是出现的诸偈,在此[论]中(第 273 至 274 页)被作为古师们的话而显示。如果这些偈是诸结集者插入的——就像《附随》圣典(第 3 页)中出现的、阐明师承传统的诸偈那样,因为那些[偈]在《普端严》(第 1 册第 46 页)中被作为古师之语而显示——既然如此,应知正是那些结集者是古师们。若[这些偈]正是由《无碍解道》的宣说者所说,那么应知,像他那样应受尊重、可以信赖、值得信受的诸大长老是古师们。在《普端严》《吉祥悦意》等书中,以「而古师们如是解释」等语所说之处,也说那样的阿阇梨们是古师们。

Evamāgatā gāthāyo idha (273-4-piṭṭhesu) porāṇānaṃ vacanabhāvena dassitā. Yadi cimā gāthāyo saṅgītikārehi pakkhittā bhaveyyuṃ yathā parivārapāḷiyaṃ (3-piṭṭhe) āgatā ācariyaparamparādīpikā gāthāyo, tā hi samantapāsādikāyaṃ (1, 46-piṭṭhe) porāṇavacanabhāvena dassitā, evaṃ sati teyeva saṅgītikārā porāṇāti veditabbā. Atha paṭisambhidāmaggadesakeneva bhāsitā bhaveyyuṃ, te viya garukaraṇīyā paccayikā saddhāyitabbakā mahātherā porāṇāti veditabbā. Samantapāsādikāsumaṅgalavilāsinīādīsu ‘‘porāṇā pana evaṃ vaṇṇayantī’’tiādinā vuttaṭṭhānesupi tādisāva ācariyā porāṇāti vuttā.
已对照

律义注的撰作

Vinayaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
已对照

而阿阇梨以前面所说的方式作了这部《清净道论》论书之后,又依次作了其他三藏义注。怎样[作]呢?他受佛吉祥长老之请,住在大寺南边精勤堂院中大市镇主的楼阁时,作了名为《普端严》的律义注。而这部[义注],是在别名悉利波罗的摩诃那摩王[在位]第二十年(佛历 973 年)开始,第二十一年(佛历 974 年)完成的。而他在作它时,以马哈玛欣德长老带来的、以师子洲语编成的《大义注》为它的主体,又从《大筏义注》《俱卢地义注》《略义注》《案达义注》中取了应取的,并编入了长老之说——即直到婆萨跋王时代为止在师子洲闻名的诸古代持律大长老的抉择——而作成。因为这已在《普端严》中说过——

Ācariyo pana imaṃ visuddhimaggapakaraṇaṃ yathāvuttappakārena katvā aññāpi tipiṭakaṭṭhakathāyo anukkamena akāsi. Kathaṃ? Samantapāsādikaṃ nāma vinayaṭṭhakathaṃ buddhasirittherena ajjhesito mahāvihārassa dakkhiṇabhāge padhānagharapariveṇe mahānigamassāmino pāsāde vasanto akāsi. Sā panesā siripāloti nāmantarassa mahānāmarañño vīsatimavasse (973-bu-va) āraddhā ekavīsatimavasse (974-bu-va) niṭṭhānappattā ahosi. Tañca pana karonto mahāmahindattherenābhataṃ sīhaḷabhāsāya saṅkhataṃ mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ tassā sarīraṃ katvā mahāpaccarīkurundīsaṅkhepaandhakaṭṭhakathāhi ca gahetabbaṃ gahetvā sīhaḷadīpe yāva vasabharājakālā pākaṭānaṃ porāṇa vinayadharamahātherānaṃ vinicchayabhūtaṃ theravādampi pakkhipitvā akāsi. Vuttañhetaṃ samantapāsādikāyaṃ –
已对照

「而我着手那注释时,以《大义注》为它的主体;

‘‘Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ tañca samārabhanto, tassā mahāaṭṭhakathaṃ sarīraṃ;
已对照

在《大筏义注》中同样,在著名的名为《俱卢地》等[义注]中,

Katvā mahāpaccariyaṃ tatheva, kurundināmādisu vissutāsu.
缅 0.47已对照

于诸义注中所说的抉择——我不舍弃[其中]合理之义,

Vinicchayo aṭṭhakathāsu vutto, yo yuttamatthaṃ apariccajanto;
已对照

也从那里[取材],我将正确地着手含摄长老之说的注释。」以及

Tatopi antogadhatheravādaṃ, saṃvaṇṇanaṃ samma samārabhissa’’nti ca.
已对照

「在大云林园的地面上所建立的,

‘‘Mahāmeghavanuyyāne, bhūmibhāge patiṭṭhito;
已对照

以大菩提树为庄严的、导师的大寺;

Mahāvihāro yo satthu, mahābodhivibhūsito.
已对照

在它的南边,有最上的精勤堂,

Yaṃ tassa dakkhiṇe bhāge, padhānagharamuttamaṃ;
已对照

为行为与戒清净的比丘僧团所居住。

Sucicārittasīlena, bhikkhusaṅghena sevitaṃ.
已对照

出身于高贵家族、常侍奉僧团、

Uḷārakulasambhūto, saṅghupaṭṭhāyako sadā;
已对照

以不乱的信而对三宝有净信的、

Anākulāya saddhāya, pasanno ratanattaye.
已对照

以「大市镇主」著称者,在那里建造了

Mahānigamasāmīti, vissuto tattha kārayi;
已对照

围以美好墙垣的、悦意的楼阁,

Cārupākārasañcitaṃ, yaṃ pāsādaṃ manoramaṃ.
已对照

具有浓荫之树、具足水池;

Sandacchāyatarūpetaṃ, sampannasalilāsayaṃ;
已对照

[我]住在大市镇主的那座楼阁里时,

Vasatā tatra pāsāde, mahānigamasāmino.
已对照

指向戒与行持清净、名为佛吉祥的长老

Sucisīlasamācāraṃ, theraṃ buddhasirivhayaṃ;
已对照

而开始的这部律释,已经成就。

Yā uddisitvā āraddhā, iddhā vinayavaṇṇanā.
已对照

在护持整个楞伽洲、[令其]无灾祸的、

Pālayantassa sakalaṃ, laṅkādīpaṃ nirabbudaṃ;
已对照

吉祥所住的[即:作为吉祥之住处的、名叫悉利波罗的国王(《除疑》,末页)]、有名声的悉利波罗王

Rañño sirinivāsassa [siriyā nivāsaṭṭhonabhūtassa siripālanāmakassa rañño (vimati, antimaviṭṭhe)], siripālayasassino.
已对照

在位第二十年、胜利之年,这[部律释]

Samavīsatime vasse, jayasaṃvacchare ayaṃ;
已对照

开始;到了第二十一[年],便已圆满完成。

Āraddhā ekavīsamhi, sampatte pariniṭṭhitā.
已对照

在充满灾患的世间,这[部律释]无灾无患地,

Upaddavākule loke, nirupaddavato ayaṃ;
已对照

正如只用一年就达到了完成那样」[《附随义注》〈结语〉]。

Ekasaṃvacchareneva, yathā niṭṭhaṃ upāgatā’’ti [pari. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] ca.
缅 0.48已对照

而这部律义注《普端严》,按现在印行的第六次结集版本计算,约有一千三百五十八(1358)页之量;参照它以一年完成[这一点],就能知道约七百二十四(724)页之量的《清净道论》,至少也可能要用五六个月才完成。所以,《觉音缘起》依据《大史》的话所说「《清净道论》由阿阇梨觉音只用一夜就写了三遍而完成」这一赞叹之语,应知那只是该书作者的赞叹而已。

Ayañca samantapāsādikā vinayaṭṭhakathā adhunā mudditachaṭṭhasaṅgītipotthakavasena sahassato upari aṭṭhapaṇṇāsādhikatisatamattapiṭṭhaparimāṇā (1358) hoti, tassā ca ekasaṃvaccharena niṭṭhāpitattaṃ upanidhāya catuvīsādhikasattasatamattapiṭṭhaparimāṇo (724) visuddhimaggopi antamaso chappañcamāsehi niṭṭhāpito bhaveyyāti sakkā ñātuṃ. Tasmā yaṃ buddhaghosuppattiyaṃ mahāvaṃsavacanaṃ nissāya ‘‘visuddhimaggo ācariyabuddhaghosena ekaratteneva tikkhattuṃ likhitvā niṭṭhāpito’’ti abhitthutivacanaṃ vuttaṃ, taṃ takkārakassa abhitthutimattamevāti veditabbaṃ.
已对照

难道不是在这部义注中,可见到以「在《吉祥悦意》中」等专名对诸阿含义注的指涉[《波罗夷义注》1.15]吗?怎么能知道它是比那些[义注]更早作成的呢?[答:]由于阿阇梨在诸义注中互相指涉,由于律藏更应受尊重,由于住大寺者特别尊重[律藏],由于合乎结集的次第,由于只在这里阐明了完整的因缘论,又由于在结语中阐明了先听受诸师子洲义注而后撰作,应知除了《清净道论》之外,正是这部[义注]最先作成。而在《清净道论》中,只以「在律义注中」或「在诸律义注中」或「在诸中部义注中」这样的通名作指涉,而不以《普端严》等专名[作指涉]。所以它是一切[之中]最先作成的,这是很明显的。而如此处指涉诸阿含义注[《波罗夷义注》1.15]、那里也指涉这部[义注][《长部义注》1.8]这样的互相指涉,可能是依阿阇梨在心中预先善加安排而有的,也可能是依[诸义注]无先无后地完成而有的。怎样呢?阿阇梨完全完成了《清净道论》之后,正当一部一部地作《普端严》等义注时,凡是某处的释义应在其他义注中详细阐明,就在那一一处,在心中善加安排而确定「我将在某某处讲说」,并指涉它;到了达到所确定之处的时候,再详细讲说它——那些[义注]可能是这样作成的。或者,在每一部接近完成的时候,把它放下,又同样地作另一部、又另一部,所有[义注]可能都是无先无后地完成的。应知如是依两种方式中的任一种,阿阇梨在诸义注中有互相指涉。

Nanu ca imissaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ ‘‘sumaṅgalavilāsiniya’’ntiādinā visesanāmavasena āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ atideso dissati [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15], kathamimissā tāhi paṭhamataraṃ katabhāvo veditabboti? Ācariyassa aṭṭhakathāsu aññamaññātidesato, vinayapiṭakassa garukātabbatarabhāvato, mahāvihāravāsīhi visesena garukatabhāvato, saṅgītikkamānurūpabhāvato, idheva paripuṇṇanidānakathāpakāsanato, nigamane ca paṭhamaṃ sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo sutvā karaṇappakāsanato ṭhapetvā visuddhimaggaṃ ayameva paṭhamaṃ katāti veditabbā. Visuddhimagge pana vinayaṭṭhakathāyanti vā vinayaṭṭhakathāsūti vā majjhimaṭṭhakathāsūti vā evaṃ sāmaññanāmavaseneva atideso dissati, na samantapāsādikādivisesanāmavasena. Tasmāssa sabbapaṭhamaṃ katabhāvo pākaṭoyeva. Āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ idhātideso [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.15] imissāpi tatthāti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.8] evaṃ aññamaññātideso pana ācariyassa manasā suvavatthitavasena vā sakkā bhavituṃ, apubbācarimapariniṭṭhāpanena vā. Kathaṃ? Ācariyena hi visuddhimaggaṃ sabbaso niṭṭhāpetvā samantapāsādikādiṃ ekekamaṭṭhakathaṃ karonteneva yattha yattha atthavaṇṇanā vitthārato aññaṭṭhakathāsu pakāsetabbā hoti, tattha tattha ‘‘imasmiṃ nāma ṭhāne kathessāmī’’ti manasā suvavatthitaṃ vavatthapetvā tañca atidisitvā yathāvavatthitaṭhānappattakāle taṃ vitthārato kathentena tā katā vā bhaveyyuṃ. Ekekissāya vā niṭṭhānāsannappattakāle taṃ ṭhapetvā aññañca aññañca tathā katvā sabbāpi apubbācarimaṃ pariniṭṭhāpitā bhaveyyunti evaṃ dvinnaṃ pakārānamaññataravasena ācariyassāṭṭhakathāsu aññamaññātideso hotīti veditabbanti.
已对照

阿含义注的撰作

Āgamaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
缅 0.49已对照

而名为《吉祥悦意》的长部义注,是阿阇梨受住吉祥院的达他那伽长老之请而作的。因为这已在它的结语中说过——

「受住于吉祥院(Sumaṅgalapariveṇa)的、德行坚固的、

出于上座传承的达他那伽僧长老(Dāṭhānāgasaṅghatthera)之请,

对阐明十力者功德之聚的《长部》所作的义注——

我所着手的、以名而言名为《吉祥悦意》的[这部义注],

它撷取《大义注》的精要而告完成」[《长部义注》3〈结语〉]。

而名为《妄衍破斥》的中部义注,是[阿阇梨]受从前在孔雀使港与自己同住的尊者佛友长老之请而作的。因为这已在它的结语中说过——

「受具善慧的长老尊者佛友之请——

他从前在孔雀使港与[我]同住——

对摧破他宗之说的、最上的《中部》,

我所着手撰作的名为《妄衍破斥》的义注,

它撷取《大义注》的精要而告完成」[《中部义注》3〈结语〉]。

名为《显扬真义》的相应部义注,是[阿阇梨]受尊者光护长老之请而作的。因为这已在它的结语中说过——

「为作此[义注],长老尊者光护(Jotipāla)——

[他]戒行清净,[其]智能阐明善说,

欲求教法兴盛,功德美善——向我请求;

[他由此]所证得的福,以它,愿众人也皆得安乐」[《相应部义注》3.5〈结语〉]。

名为《满足希求》的增支部义注,是[阿阇梨]受曾在南印度地方的建志城等地以及在师子洲的大寺与自己同住的尊者光护长老之请,又同样受通达三藏、安住于犹如即使被风吹击也不动摇之树那样不动摇的正法、具善慧、活命遍净的耆婆优婆塞的恳请而作的。因为这已在它的结语中说过——

「受具善慧的长老尊者光护之请——

他从前与我同住于建志城等地,

在殊胜的铜鍱洲上住于大寺之时也[同住];

犹如被风吹击[而不动]的树,于不动摇的正法中

渡到三藏之海的彼岸而住立的、具善慧的、

活命遍净的耆婆也恳请——

为精于说法方法的无数说法者

所研习、所修持的,以自宗[之义]而绚丽的

增支大部的义注,[我]开始撰作,

我是希望殊胜的教法长久住立[而作]的;

它撷取《大义注》的精要而告完成;

以圣典的诵分计,其量为九十四诵分。

又因为我注释一切阿含的希求,

已由它满足,所以它的名字是《满足希求》」[《增支部义注》3.11〈结语〉]。

而阿阇梨觉音在作这四部阿含义注时,正是以转换语言的方式,以及以节略一再出现的详说之路的方式,[依]马哈玛欣德长老带来的、称为根本义注的《大义注》而作的。因为这已在卷首说过——

「由得自在者马哈玛欣德(Mahāmahinda)带到了师子洲(Sīhaḷadīpa),

为诸洲住民的利益,以师子洲语(sīhaḷabhāsā)安立了下来。

我从那[义注]中除去师子洲语,[而将它]升入悦意之语(manoramā bhāsā)——

[升入那]契合圣典(tanti)之法则、离于过失的[语]……乃至……

舍去一再重来之义,我将显明[其]义。」

同样,在结语中也[说]——

「它撷取《大义注》的精要而告完成」[《长部义注》3〈结语〉],以及

「我撷取根本义注的精要而作此[义注]时」[《长部义注》3〈结语〉]。

而在这些[义注]作为主体的文句中,看不到像《普端严》中那样,以「在《大筏义注》中,在《俱卢地义注》中」等语阐明抉择与注释的差别;在诸阿毗达摩义注中也是这样。由此可知:「在经与阿毗达摩中,除了《大义注》之外,没有名为《大筏义注》等的其他古师子洲义注,也没有《案达义注》。」而直到婆萨跋王时代(609 至 653)为止闻名的诸师子洲长老的抉择、论说与故事,在这些[义注]中也都可见到。

Sumaṅgalavilāsiniṃ nāma dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathaṃ pana ācariyo sumaṅgalapariveṇavāsinā dāṭhānāgattherena āyācito akāsi. Vuttaṃ hetametissā nigamane –
‘‘Āyācito sumaṅgala-pariveṇanivāsinā thiraguṇena;
Dāṭhānāga saṅgha, ttherena theravaṃsanvayena.
Dīghāgamassa dasabala-guṇagaṇaparidīpanassa aṭṭhakathaṃ;
Yaṃ ārabhiṃ sumaṅgala-vilāsiniṃ nāma nāmena.
Sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3. nigamanakathā].
Papañcasūdaniṃ nāma majjhimanikāyaṭṭhakathaṃ bhadantabuddhamittattherena pubbe mayūradūtapaṭṭane attanā saddhiṃ vasantena āyācito akāsi. Vuttaṃ hetametissā nigamane –
‘‘Āyācito sumatinā, therena bhadantabuddhamittena;
Pubbe mayūradūtapa,ṭṭanamhi saddhiṃ vasantena.
Paravādavidhaṃsanassa, majjhimanikāyaseṭṭhassa;
Yamahaṃ papañcasūdani-maṭṭhakathaṃ kātumārabhiṃ.
Sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā’’ti [ma. ni. aṭṭha. 3. nigamanakathā].
Sāratthappakāsiniṃ nāma saṃyuttanikāyaṭṭhakathaṃ bhadantajotipālattherena āyācito akāsi. Vuttaṃ hetametissā nigamane –
‘‘Etissā karaṇatthaṃ, therena bhadantajotipālena;
Sucisīlena subhāsitassa pakāsayantañāṇena.
Sāsanavibhūtikāmena, yācamānena maṃ subhaguṇena;
Yaṃ samadhigataṃ puññaṃ, tenāpi jano sukhī bhavatū’’ti [saṃ. ni. aṭṭha. 3.5.nigamanakathā].
Manorathapūraṇiṃ nāma aṅguttaranikāyaṭṭhakathaṃ bhadantajotipālattherena dakkhiṇaindiyaraṭṭhe kañcipurādīsu ca sīhaḷadīpe mahāvihāramhi ca attanā saddhiṃ vasantena āyācito, tathā jīvakenāpi upāsakena piṭakattayapāragubhūtena vātāhatepi aniñjamānasabhāve dume viya aniñjamānasaddhamme ṭhitena sumatinā parisuddhājīvenābhiyācito akāsi. Vuttaṃ hetametissā nigamane –
‘‘Āyācito sumatinā, therena bhadantajotipālena;
Kañcipurādīsu mayā, pubbe saddhiṃ vasantena.
Varatambapaṇṇidīpe, mahāvihāramhi vasanakālepi;
Vātāhate viya dume, aniñjamānamhi saddhamme.
Pāraṃ piṭakattayasā,garassa gantvā ṭhitena sumatinā;
Parisuddhājīvenā,bhiyācito jīvakenāpi.
Dhammakathānayanipuṇehi, dhammakathikehi aparimāṇehi;
Parikīḷitassa paṭipa,jjitassa sakasamayacitrassa.
Aṭṭhakathaṃ aṅguttara,mahānikāyassa kātumāraddho;
Yamahaṃ cirakālaṭṭhiti-micchanto sāsanavarassa.
Sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā;
Catunnavutiparimāṇāya, pāḷiyā bhāṇavārehi.
Sabbāgamasaṃvaṇṇana, manoratho pūrito ca me yasmā;
Etāya manoratha pūraṇīti nāmaṃ tato assā’’ti [a. ni. aṭṭha. 3.11.nigamanakathā].
Imā ca pana catasso āgamaṭṭhakathāyo kurumāno ācariyabuddhaghoso mahāmahindattherenābhataṃ mūlaṭṭhakathāsaṅkhātaṃ mahāaṭṭhakathaṃyeva bhāsāparivattanavasena ceva punappunāgatavitthārakathāmaggassa saṃkhipanavasena ca akāsi. Vuttañhetaṃ ganthārambhe –
‘‘Sīhaḷadīpaṃ pana ābha,tātha vasinā mahāmahindena;
Ṭhapitā sīhaḷabhāsāya, dīpavāsīnamatthāya.
Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropento vigatadosaṃ…pe…
Hitvā punappunāgata-matthaṃ atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti.
Tathā nigamanepi –
‘‘Sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.nigamanakathā] ca;
‘‘Mūlaṭṭhakathāsāraṃ, ādāya mayā imaṃ karontenā’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.nigamanakathā] ca.
Imāsaṃ sarīrabhūtapāṭhesu ca samantapāsādikāyaṃ viya ‘‘mahāpaccariyaṃ, kurundiya’’ntiādinā vinicchayasaṃvaṇṇanābhedappakāsanaṃ na dissati, tathā abhidhammaṭṭhakathāsupi. Tenetaṃ ñāyati ‘‘suttantābhidhammesu mahāaṭṭhakathāto aññā mahāpaccariādināmikā porāṇikā sīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo ceva andhakaṭṭhakathā ca natthī’’ti. Yāva vasabharājakālā (609-653) pana pākaṭānaṃ sīhaḷikattherānaṃ vinicchayo ca vādā ca vatthūni ca etāsupi dissantiyevāti.
已对照

论藏义注的撰作

Abhidhammaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
缅 0.52已对照

又,《殊胜义》(Aṭṭhasālinī)、《除痴迷论》(Sammohavinodanī),以及《界论》等五论的义注,这三部论藏义注,是[阿阇梨]受与自己同名、著有《索达达基》(Sotatthakī)一书的觉音比丘之请而作的。因为在那几部[义注]中这样说——

「[我]受行仪与戒清净、觉慧精微无垢的

觉音比丘恳切请求」[《法集论义注》〈序论〉],以及——

「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的长老所作的

这部名为《殊胜义》的法集论义注」[《法集论义注》〈结语〉],以及——

「为了阐明它的义理,我受德行坚固、

领悟敏捷、觉慧优良的勤修者觉音之请,

着手撰作的这部于极精微诸义的义注,

因能除遣痴迷,名为《除痴迷论》」[《分别论义注》〈结语〉],以及——

「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的长老所作的

这部名为《除痴迷论》的分别论义注」[《分别论义注》〈结语〉]。

而这三部之中,五论义注没有专名,请求者也没有标明,看来只是阿阇梨觉音受自己的信心所激励而作的。因为它的结语中这样说——

「导师依善等诸法的分别,以种种计数之理,

广说第七部论藏论书,

决断周密,所宣说的名为《发趣论》的那部[论]——

我以信心所着手的那部它的义注」,以及——

「至此——

怙主所宣说的七部论书之论藏,

[即]天中之天从前在天界为诸天所说的那[论藏]——

对它全部[七论]的这部义注已告终」[《发趣论义注》19-24.1],以及——

「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的长老所作的

这部全论藏的义注」[《发趣论义注》19-24.1]。

然而有些近代的长老说:「诸论藏义注是僧伽波罗、佛友、光护等长老中的某一位受阿阇梨觉音之请而作的。」他们的考察是这样的:在《殊胜义》《除痴迷论》中,作者说「受觉音之请而作了这些[义注]」。由此可知:「作这些[义注]的是另一人,阿阇梨觉音在这些[义注]里只是请求的人。」又,在诸阿含义注中,阿阇梨觉音以——

「戒论、头陀法(dhutadhamma),以及一切业处……乃至……

然而这一切,由于已由我在《清净道论》(Visuddhimagga)中极为清净地

说过了,所以在此[义注中]不再多加论究它」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉]——

这样,以「由我(mayā)」一词表明了戒论等是他自己在《清净道论》中说过的。然而在《殊胜义》中——

「一切业处、性行、神通、观——

由于这一切已在《清净道论》中阐明」[《法集论义注》〈序论〉]——

这样,是不带「由我」这个作者词而说的。由此也可知:「《清净道论》的作者是一人,论藏义注的作者是另一人。」虽然在论藏义注中,请求者觉音只以「比丘」「勤修者」这些寻常的德称来称呼,没有以「长老」这个带敬意的德称来称呼,但由于他被「行仪与戒清净、觉慧精微无垢」以及「领悟敏捷、觉慧优良」这些增上的德称所称赞,可以认为「[他]正是《清净道论》等的作者阿阇梨觉音」。因为他从受具足戒时起就精通典籍、具足通晓教理的功德,而那时他或许戒腊还不满十年,所以没有称他「长老」——可以这样认为。

然而那只是他们的过度推想而已。因为不能认为阿阇梨觉音长老「那时戒腊不满十年」,因为《清净道论》的结语中也说「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的长老」;而且只用「行仪与戒清净、觉慧精微无垢」或「领悟敏捷、觉慧优良」这样各两个德称来称赞,并不算善加称赞,反倒像是以「太阳升起,令萤火失光」来称赞[太阳]一样。阿阇梨在自己诸论著的结语中,不是以——

「由以至上清净的信、慧、精进为庄严,以戒、正行、正直、柔和等功德之聚而成就,能深入自宗与他宗义理的幽深之处,具足慧的通达,于含义注的三藏教法诸分类中[其]智之力无所障碍,是大文法家的[长老]」等语——

宣示了与自己相称的德称吗?而且正是他把古师子洲义注加以摘要,作为新纂义注的首创者而为先导;其他新义注的作者都是追随他,作了剩下的一两部义注。又,论藏义注中,凡《清净道论》中已说的义理,都在依次到来之处从那里取来、照样说出。尤其在〈缘起分别〉〈蕴分别〉〈处分别〉〈界分别〉〈谛分别〉的释义,以及〈禅那论〉的释义中,这一点极为明显;其中即使见到少数几处与《清净道论》不同的释义差别,也应知道那是随顺阿毗达摩论师们的见解,照古义注中所说的那样说的。又如在《殊胜义》中可见指向律义注《普端严》的参见[《法集论义注》1〈不善业道论〉],同样在《普端严》中也可见指向《殊胜义》的参见[《波罗夷义注》1.11]。如果《殊胜义》是别人所作,它们之间怎能互相参见呢?所以,论藏义注中的请求者觉音,是与阿阇梨同名、直到今天师承相传都称为「小觉音」、著有《索达达基》一书的另一个人,不是阿阇梨大觉音长老。正因如此,那里才说「比丘」与「勤修者」。

如果单凭这些还不能得出结论,也应当这样考察:僧伽波罗等长老为了作《清净道论》等而请求阿阇梨觉音长老时,是相信[他]比自己更有能力而请求的,还是并不相信而请求的呢?他们正是因为相信才请求的——这一点是明显的。既然如此,阿阇梨觉音长老自己比别人更有能力,为什么还要请求别人[来作]呢?因为对于具足信心、具足力量、正当盛年的阿阇梨来说,作一部更优美的论藏义注不会是难事。又,论藏义注中所说的语句,与《清净道论》和诸阿含义注中所说的释义语句完全是同一样式。如果论藏义注是别人所作,它们在措辞样式上无论如何总会与那些[著作]有所不同。又,以这些[义注]结语中所示的「由师长们赐名为『觉音』的长老所作」这句话,就明白它们正是「阿阇梨觉音所作」,不是别人所作。那些说「是别人所作」的人,也不能确切地指出「是某某长老所作」,而且连一点能证明这种说法的语句也看不到。所以在这件事上应当得出结论:论藏义注也是受名叫觉音、如今被阿阇梨们称为「小觉音」的比丘之请,由《清净道论》、律义注与阿含义注的作者阿阇梨大觉音长老本人所作。

然而《大史》中以「阿阇梨觉音在来师子洲之前、还住在阎浮提的时候,就作了《殊胜义》」这样的意思——

Aṭṭhasāliniṃ pana sammohavinodaniñca dhātukathādipañcapakaraṇassa aṭṭhakathañcāti tisso abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyo attanā sadisanāmena sotatthakīganthakārakena buddhaghosabhikkhunā āyācito akāsi. Vuttañhetaṃ tāsu –
‘‘Visuddhācārasīlena, nipuṇāmalabuddhinā;
Bhikkhunā buddhaghosena, sakkaccaṃ abhiyācito’’ti [dha. sa. aṭṭha. ganthārambhakathā] ca.
‘‘Buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena katā
Ayaṃ aṭṭhasālinī nāma dhammasaṅgahaṭṭhakathā’’ti [dha. sa. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] ca.
‘‘Atthappakāsanatthaṃ, tassāhaṃ yācito ṭhitaguṇena;
Yatinā adandhagatinā, subuddhinā buddhaghosena.
Yaṃ ārabhiṃ racayituṃ, aṭṭhakathaṃ sunipuṇesu atthesu;
Sammohavinodanato, sammohavinodaniṃ nāmā’’ti [vibha. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] ca.
‘‘Buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena katā
Ayaṃ sammohavinodanī nāma vibhaṅgaṭṭhakathā’’ti [vibha. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] ca.
Imāsu pana tīsu pañcapakaraṇaṭṭhakathāya nāmaviseso natthi āyācako ca na pakāsito, kevalaṃ attano saddhāya eva sañcoditena ācariyabuddhaghosena sā katā viya dissati. Vuttañhetaṃ tassā nigamane –
‘‘Kusalādidhammabhedaṃ, nissāya nayehi vividhagaṇanehi;
Vitthārento sattama-mabhidhammappakaraṇaṃ satthā.
Suvihitasanniṭṭhāno, paṭṭhānaṃ nāma yaṃ pakāsesi;
Saddhāya samāraddhā, yā aṭṭhakathā mayā tassāti ca.
‘‘Ettāvatā
Sattappakaraṇaṃ nātho, abhidhammamadesayi;
Devātidevo devānaṃ, devalokamhi yaṃ pure;
Tassa aṭṭhakathā esā, sakalassāpi niṭṭhitā’’ti [paṭṭhā. aṭṭha. 19-24.1] ca.
‘‘Buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena katā
Ayaṃ sakalassapi abhidhammapiṭakassa aṭṭhakathā’’ti [paṭṭhā. aṭṭha. 19-24.1] ca.
Ekacce pana ādhunikā therā ‘‘abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyo ācariyabuddhaghosena yācito saṅghapālabuddhamittajotipālādīnaṃ aññataro thero akāsī’’ti vadanti. Ayañca nesaṃ vicāraṇā, aṭṭhasālinīsammohavinodanīsu ‘‘tā buddhaghosena yācito akāsī’’ti ganthakārena vuttaṃ. Tena ñāyati ‘‘takkārako añño, ācariyabuddhaghoso pana tāsu yācakapuggaloyevā’’ti. Āgamaṭṭhakathāsu ca ācariyabuddhaghosena –
‘‘Sīlakathā dhutadhammā, kammaṭṭhānāni ceva sabbāni…pe…
Iti pana sabbaṃ yasmā, visuddhimagge mayā suparisuddhaṃ;
Vuttaṃ tasmā bhiyyo, na taṃ idha vicārayissāmī’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] –
Evaṃ sīlakathādīnaṃ attanā eva visuddhimagge vuttabhāvo mayātipadena pakāsito. Aṭṭhasāliniyaṃ pana –
‘‘Kammaṭṭhānāni sabbāni, cariyābhiññā vipassanā;
Visuddhimagge panidaṃ, yasmā sabbaṃ pakāsita’’nti [dha. sa. aṭṭha. ganthārambhakathā] –
Evaṃ mayāti kattupadena vinā vuttaṃ. Tenāpi ñāyati ‘‘visuddhimaggakārako añño, abhidhammaṭṭhakathākārako añño’’ti. Kiñcāpi abhidhammaṭṭhakathāsu abhiyācako buddhaghoso bhikkhunāti ca yatināti ca imeheva sāmaññaguṇapadehi vutto na therenāti sagāravaguṇapadena, tathāpi so ‘‘visuddhācārasīlena nipuṇāmalabuddhinā’’ti ca, ‘‘adandhagatinā subuddhinā’’ti ca imehi adhikaguṇapadehi thomitattā ‘‘visuddhimaggādikārako ācariyabuddhaghosoyevā’’ti sakkā gahetuṃ. So hi upasampannakālatoyeva paṭṭhāya ganthakovido pariyattivisāradaguṇasampanno, tasmiñca kāle ūnadasavasso bhaveyya, tasmā therenāti na vuttoti sakkā gahetunti.
Taṃ pana tesaṃ ativicāraṇamattameva. Na hi ācariyabuddhaghosatthero ‘‘tasmiṃ kāle ūnadasavasso’’ti sakkā gahetuṃ, visuddhimagganigamanepi ‘‘buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therenā’’ti vacanato, na ca ‘‘visuddhācārasīlena, nipuṇāmalabuddhinā’’ti vā, ‘‘adandhagatinā subuddhinā’’ti vā ettakeheva dvīhi dvīhi guṇapadehi thomanena suthomito hoti, aññadatthu ‘‘nippabhīkatakhajjoto samudeti divākaro’’ti thomanaṃ viya hoti. Nanu ācariyena attano ganthanigamanesu –
‘‘Paramavisuddhasaddhābaddhivīriyapaṭimaṇḍitena sīlācārajjavamaddavādiguṇasamudayasamuditena sakasamayasamayantaragahanajjhogāhaṇasamatthena paññāveyyattiyasamannāgatena tipiṭakapariyattibhede sāṭṭhakathe satthusāsane appaṭihatañāṇappabhāvena mahāveyyākaraṇenā’’tiādinā –
Attano anucchavikāni guṇapadāni pakāsitāni, soyeva ca porāṇasīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo saṅkhipitvā abhinavasaṅgahaṭṭhakathānaṃ ādikattā pubbaṅgamo, aññe pana abhinavaṭṭhakathākārā tasseva anuvattitvā avasesamekaṃ vā dve vā aṭṭhakathāyo akaṃsu. Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāsu ca yo yo attho visuddhimagge vutto, so so yathānuppattaṭṭhāne tato gahetvā tatheva vutto. Visesato pana paṭiccasamuppādavibhaṅgakhandhāyatanadhātusaccavibhaṅgavaṇṇanāsu jhānakathāvaṇṇanāsu ca ayamattho ativiya pākaṭo, yopi ca tattha appako katipayamatto visuddhimaggena visadiso saṃvaṇṇanābhedo dissati, sopi ābhidhammikānaṃ matānusārena yathā porāṇaṭṭhakathāyaṃ vutto, tatheva vuttoti veditabbo. Yathā ca aṭṭhasāliniyaṃ samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya atideso dissati [dha. sa. aṭṭha. 1 akusalakammapathakathā], tatheva samantapāsādikāyampi aṭṭhasāliniyā atideso dissateva [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.11;]. Yadi ca aṭṭhasālinī aññena katā bhaveyya, kathaṃ tāsu aññamaññātideso sakkā kātuṃ. Tasmā abhidhammaṭṭhakathāsu abhiyācako buddhaghoso ācariyena samānanāmo cūḷabuddhaghosoti yāvajjatanā ācariyaparamparāya gahito sotatthakīganthakārako aññoyeva, na ācariyamahābuddhaghosatthero. Teneva tattha vuttaṃ ‘‘bhikkhunā’’ti ca ‘‘yatinā’’ti ca.
Yadi pana ettakena niṭṭhaṃ na gaccheyya, evampi vicāretabbaṃ – kinnu kho saṅghapālādayo therā visuddhimaggādīnaṃ karaṇatthāya ācariyabuddhaghosattheraṃ āyācamānā attanā samatthataroti saddahantā āyācanti udāhu asaddahantāti? Saddahantāyeva āyācantīti pākaṭoyevāyamattho. Tathā ca sati ācariyabuddhaghosatthero sayaṃ aññehi samatthatarova samāno kasmā aññaṃ āyāceyya. Na hi saddhāsampannassa thāmasampannassa yobbanasampannassa ācariyassa sundarataraṃ abhidhammaṭṭhakathaṃ kātuṃ bhāriyaṃ bhavissati. Abhidhammaṭṭhakathāsu ca vuttavacanāni visuddhimaggaāgamaṭṭhakathāsu vuttasaṃvaṇṇanāvacanehi ekākārāneva honti. Yadi ca abhidhammaṭṭhakathaṃ añño kareyya, kathamapi tāhi vacanākārassa visadisatā bhaveyya eva. Etāsaṃ nigamane ca dassitena ‘‘buddhaghosoti garūhi gahitanāmadheyyena therena katā’’ti vacanena ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghosena katā’’tveva pākaṭā honti, na aññenāti. Yepi ‘‘aññena katā’’ti vadanti, tepi ‘‘iminā nāma therenā’’ti ekaṃsato dassetuṃ na sakkonti, tathā dassetuñca lesamattampi sādhakavacanaṃ na dissati. Tasmā abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyopi idāni ācariyehi cūḷabuddhaghosoti voharitena buddhaghosena nāma bhikkhunāyācito visuddhimaggavinayāgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ kārako ācariyamahābuddhaghosattheroyeva akāsīti niṭṭhamettha gantabbanti.
Yaṃ pana mahāvaṃse ‘‘ācariyabuddhaghoso sīhaḷadīpāgamanato pubbe jambudīpe vasanakāleyeva aṭṭhasāliniṃ akāsī’’ti adhippāyena –
225已对照

二百二十五、「他作了《法集论》的注释《殊胜义》」——

225. ‘‘Dhammasaṅgaṇiyākāsi, kacchaṃ so aṭṭhasālini’’nti –
缅 0.55已对照

这样说,这与现在所见的《殊胜义》不合。因为其中在序论就已参见《清净道论》,后面也在许多处参见它与《普端严》。所以,[《殊胜义》]是阿阇梨到了师子洲、作了《清净道论》与《普端严》之后才作的,这一点极为明显。

Vuttaṃ, taṃ idāni dissamānāya aṭṭhasāliniyā na sameti. Tattha hi ganthārambheyeva visuddhimaggaṃ atidisitvā pacchāpi so ca, samantapāsādikā ca bahūsu ṭhānesu atidisīyanti. Tasmā tassā ācariyena sīhaḷadīpaṃ patvā visuddhimaggañceva samantapāsādikañca katvā pacchāyeva katabhāvo ativiya pākaṭoti.
已对照

《疑惑度脱》义注的撰作

Kaṅkhāvitaraṇīaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
已对照

名为《疑惑度脱》的波罗提木叉义注,是阿阇梨觉音长老受输那长老之请,依据以住大寺者的诵读传承为本的师子洲波罗提木叉义注之理,连一个词也不与圣典或住大寺者的古义注相违而作的。所以在那部义注中说——

Kaṅkhāvitaraṇiṃ nāma pātimokkhaṭṭhakathaṃ ācariyabuddhaghosatthero soṇattherena yācito mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vācanāmagganissitaṃ sīhaḷapātimokkhaṭṭhakathānayaṃ nissāya ekampi padaṃ pāḷiyā vā mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathāhi vā avirodhetvā akāsi. Tena vuttaṃ tissaṃ aṭṭhakathāyaṃ –
已对照

「受柔和、谦逊、清净简朴而活、

‘‘Sūratena nivātena, sucisallekhavuttinā;
已对照

具足律行的输那长老之请,

Vinayācārayuttena, soṇattherena yācito.
已对照

于其中生起疑惑的诸比丘,为了[令他们]

Tattha sañjātakaṅkhānaṃ, bhikkhūnaṃ tassa vaṇṇanaṃ;
已对照

度脱疑惑,它的抉择圆满的释义——

Kaṅkhāvitaraṇatthāya, paripuṇṇavinicchayaṃ.
已对照

以住大寺者的诵读传承为本的——

Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, vācanāmagganissitaṃ;
已对照

名为《疑惑度脱》的善[释义],我将宣说」[《疑惑度脱义注》〈序论〉],以及——

Vattayissāmi nāmena, kaṅkhāvitaraṇiṃ subha’’nti [kaṅkhā aṭṭha. ganthārambhakathā] ca.
已对照

「我所着手的这部[义注],依于全部师子洲义注之理——

‘‘Ārabhiṃ yamahaṃ sabbaṃ, sīhaḷaṭṭhakathānayaṃ;
已对照

以住大寺者的诵读传承为本的[理]——

Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, vācanāmagganissitaṃ.
已对照

依此而已告完成,一切方面都摄取了

Nissāya sā ayaṃ niṭṭhaṃ, gatā ādāya sabbaso;
已对照

义注的全部精要,以及圣典的全部意义。

Sabbaṃ aṭṭhakathāsāraṃ, pāḷiyatthañca kevalaṃ.
已对照

这里没有任何一个词会与圣典相违,

Na hettha taṃ padaṃ atthi, yaṃ virujjheyya pāḷiyā;
已对照

或与住大寺者的古义注相违」[《疑惑度脱义注》〈结语〉]。

Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, porāṇaṭṭhakathāhi vā’’ti [kaṅkhā. aṭṭha. nigamanakathā] ca.
已对照

《法句义注》的撰作

Dhammapadaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
37–212缅 0.56已对照

另外还有三部义注,即《小诵义注》《法句义注》《经集义注》,从其中所见的结语来看,都被认为是阿阇梨觉音所作。然而其中所说的某些语句,与诸阿含义注中所说的样式不同。所以有些人说:「这些不是阿阇梨觉音的[著作]。」另一些人则说:「它们或许是先由协助阿阇梨的长老们所作,后来由阿阇梨作最后的校订而完成;或许是请求[作]论藏义注的小觉音所作。」

无论如此还是另有其情,如今都不易确定判断。所以这里只依那几部[义注]的结语来说明。其中,《法句义注》是[阿阇梨]受鸠摩罗迦叶长老之请,住在悉利拘吒(Sirikūṭa)王的殿堂时,把师师相传、以师子洲语写定的古义注升入巴利语,把冗长的行文加以简略,并解释偈颂中未曾解释的文句而作的。因为其中序论里说——

「它那师师相传的、精微的义的释义,

在铜鍱洲以岛上的语言写定……乃至……

心志坚定的鸠摩罗迦叶长老,

欲求正法久住,恳切地请求我……乃至……

那[岛上的]语言,以及过于冗长的行文,

舍弃[它们],升入悦意的圣典语之后;

偈颂中的文句,凡在那里未曾阐明的,

只把它阐明,其余的则依义照旧,

以另一种语言来宣说」[《法句义注》1〈序论〉]——

又在结语中说——

「在知恩的大王所建的寺中,

我住在悉利拘吒王的殿堂里[作此]」[《法句义注》2〈结语〉]。

人们说,这里的悉利拘吒,就是在《普端严》结语中被称为「悉利波罗」的摩诃那摩王。若是如此,就应知道这部[义注]是[阿阇梨]住在烟护山寺(Dhūmarakkhapabbatavihāra)时所作的——那是那位国王因王后的引导、劝请而施与的。因为《大史》中这样说——

Aparāpi tisso aṭṭhakathāyo santi khuddakapāṭhaṭṭhakathā dhammapadaṭṭhakathā suttanipātaṭṭhakathā cāti, yā tāsu dissamānanigamanavasena ācariyabuddhaghoseneva katāti paññāyanti. Tattha pana vuttavacanāni kānici kānici āgamaṭṭhakathāsu vuttākārena na honti. Tasmā eke vadanti ‘‘netā ācariyabuddhaghosassā’’ti. Ekacce pana ‘‘ācariyassa upathambhakattherehi paṭhamaṃ katā, pacchā ācariyena osānasodhanavasena pariyosāpitā vā bhaveyyuṃ, abhidhammaṭṭhakathaṃ āyācantena cūḷabuddhaghosena vā katā bhaveyyu’’nti vadanti.
Taṃ tathā vā hotu aññathā vā, idāni ekantato vinicchinituṃ na sukarameva. Tasmā tāsaṃ nigamanavacanavaseneva ettha pakāsayissāma. Tāsu hi dhammapadaṭṭhakathaṃ kumārakassapattherena āyācito sirikūṭassa (sirikuḍḍassa) rañño pāsāde viharanto paramparābhataṃ sīhaḷabhāsāya saṇṭhitaṃ porāṇaṭṭhakathaṃ pāḷibhāsāya āropetvā vitthāragatañca vacanakkamaṃ samāsetvā gāthāsu asaṃvaṇṇitapadabyañjanāni saṃvaṇṇetvā akāsi. Vuttañhi tattha ganthārambhe –
‘‘Paramparābhatā tassa, nipuṇā atthavaṇṇanā;
Yā tambapaṇṇidīpamhi, dīpabhāsāya saṇṭhitā…pe…
Kumārakassapenāhaṃ, therena thiracetasā;
Saddhammaṭṭhitikāmena, sakkaccaṃ abhiyācito…pe…
Taṃ bhāsaṃ ativitthāra, gatañca vacanakkamaṃ;
Pahāyāropayitvāna, tantibhāsaṃ manoramaṃ.
Gāthānaṃ byañjanapadaṃ, yaṃ tattha na vibhāvitaṃ;
Kevalaṃ taṃ vibhāvetvā, sesaṃ tameva atthato.
Bhāsantarena bhāsissa’’nti [dha. pa. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] –
Nigamane ca vuttaṃ –
‘‘Vihāre adhirājena, kāritamhi kataññunā;
Pāsāde sirikūṭassa, rañño viharatā mayā’’ti [dha. pa. aṭṭha. 2.nigamanakathā].
Ettha ca sirikūṭo nāma samantapāsādikānigamane siripāloti vutto mahānāmoyeva rājāti vadanti. Evaṃ sati mahesiyā ānayanaṃ samādāpanamārabbha tena raññā dinne dhūmarakkhapabbatavihāre vasantena sā katāti veditabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ mahāvaṃse –
37–21237-212.
213缅 0.57已对照

三十七·二百一十二、

「[王]建了名为罗诃陀伐罗(Lohadvāra)、罗腊村(Ralaggāma)、拘胝跋娑婆那(Koṭipassāvana)的

三座寺,[给]无畏山寺(Abhayuttara)的比丘们;

‘‘Lohadvāra-ralaggāma-koṭipassāvanavhaye;
Tayo vihāre kāretvā, bhikkhūnaṃ abhayuttare.
213.
已对照

二百一十三、

在烟护山上建了一座寺,

依王后的引导,施与上座部的比丘们。」

然而不能认为它是在那位国王在位时完成的。因为[阿阇梨]是在那位国王[在位]第二十一年完成《普端严》的,而那位国王在第二十二年就去世了。在这中间一年多的时间里,「四部阿含义注、三部论藏义注,以及这部《法句义注》」,这些不可能全部完成。

Vihāraṃ kārayitvāna, dhūmarakkhamhi pabbate;
Mahesiyā’nayenā’dā, bhikkhūnaṃ theravādina’’nti.
Tassa pana rañño kāle sā niṭṭhāpitāti na sakkā gahetuṃ. Tassa hi rañño ekavīsatimavasse samantapāsādikaṃ niṭṭhāpesi. So ca rājā dvāvīsatimavasse divaṅgato. Etthantare sādhikaekavassena ‘‘catasso ca āgamaṭṭhakathāyo tisso ca abhidhammaṭṭhakathāyo ayañca dhammapadaṭṭhakathā’’ti sabbā etā na sakkā niṭṭhāpetunti.
已对照

《胜义光明》义注的撰作

Paramatthajotikāṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
已对照

名为《胜义光明》的《小诵》与《经集》的义注,[作者]没有受任何人请求,只是随自己的意愿而作的。因为《小诵义注》的序论中这样说——

Paramatthajotikaṃ nāma khuddakapāṭhassa ceva suttanipātassa ca aṭṭhakathaṃ kenacipi anāyācito attano icchāvaseneva akāsi. Vuttañhetaṃ khuddakapāṭhaṭṭhakathāya ganthārambhe –
已对照

「礼敬了诸可礼敬者中最上的三宝之后,

‘‘Uttamaṃ vandaneyyānaṃ, vanditvā ratanattayaṃ;
已对照

我将为《小部》中的若干[典籍]作义的释义。

Khuddakānaṃ karissāmi, kesañci atthavaṇṇanaṃ.
已对照

由于《小部》[诸典]深奥,这释义

Khuddakānaṃ gambhīrattā, kiñcāpi atidukkarā;
已对照

对不通达教法的如我之人,虽然极为难作;

Vaṇṇanā mādisenesā, abodhantena sāsanaṃ.
已对照

然而先师的决断直到今天仍未断绝,

Ajjāpi tu abbhocchinno, pubbācariyanicchayo;
已对照

导师的九分教也依然照旧存续,

Tatheva ca ṭhitaṃ yasmā, navaṅgaṃ satthusāsanaṃ.
已对照

所以我想作这部义的释义,

Tasmāhaṃ kātumicchāmi, atthasaṃvaṇṇanaṃ imaṃ;
已对照

依于教法,也依于古来的抉择。

Sāsanañceva nissāya, porāṇañca vinicchayaṃ.
已对照

[我]是出于对正法的尊重,不是想抬高自己,

Saddhammabahumānena, nāttukkaṃsanakamyatā;
已对照

也不是为了贬低他人;你们要专心听它。」

Nāññesaṃ vambhanatthāya, taṃ suṇātha samāhitā’’ti.
缅 0.58已对照

然而许多有识之士审视了这些开篇偈之后说:「这不像是阿阇梨觉音长老的话。」他们审视的方式是这样的:阿阇梨觉音无论作哪部论著,都是受具足戒等功德的他人请求才作,而这里却没有任何请求者。再者,阿阇梨总是先作了「我将以转换语言的方式来作古师子洲义注」以及「我将依住大寺者的诵读传承来作」这样的声明才作,而这里连这样的声明也没有。再者,阿阇梨即使在开始解释义理极为深奥的四部阿含与阿毗达摩时,也不说难作,而这里却说「对不通达教法的如我之人」,表明自己不通达教法,还说「极为难作」。所以他们说:「这不像是阿阇梨觉音的话。」这看来是合理的,因为阿阇梨在自己诸论著的结语中,以「于含义注的三藏教法诸分类中,[其]智之力无所障碍」表明了自己的智力;这样的人绝不会说「对不通达教法的如我之人极为难作」这种话。

Bahū pana vicakkhaṇā imā ārambhagāthāyo vicinitvā ‘‘netaṃ ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa viya vacanaṃ hotī’’ti vadanti. Ayañca nesaṃ vicinanākāro, ācariyabuddhaghoso hi yaṃ kañci ganthaṃ sīlādiguṇasampannena aññena āyācitova karoti, idha pana kocipi āyācako natthi. Punapi ācariyo ‘‘porāṇasīhaḷaṭṭhakathaṃ bhāsāparivattanavasena karissāmī’’ti ca ‘‘mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vācanāmaggaṃ nissāya karissāmī’’ti ca evaṃ paṭiññaṃ katvāva karoti, idha pana tādisīpi paṭiññā natthi. Punapi ācariyo atigambhīratthānaṃ catunnañcāgamānaṃ abhidhammassa ca saṃvaṇṇanārambhepi dukkarabhāvaṃ na katheti, idha pana ‘‘sāsanaṃ abodhantena mādisenā’’ti attanā sāsanassa abuddhabhāvaṃ pakāsetvā ‘‘atidukkarā’’ti ca katheti. Tasmā ‘‘netaṃ ācariyabuddhaghosassa viya vacana’’nti vadanti. Taṃ yuttaṃ viya dissati, ācariyo hi attano ganthanigamanesu ‘‘tipiṭakapariyattippabhede sāṭṭhakathe satthusāsane appaṭihatañāṇappabhāvenā’’ti attano ñāṇappabhāvaṃ pakāsesi, so ‘‘sāsanaṃ abodhantena mādisena atidukkarā’’ti īdisaṃ vacanaṃ na katheyyayevāti.
已对照

《本生义注》的撰作

Jātakaṭṭhakathākaraṇaṃ
已对照

人们说《本生义注》也正是阿阇梨觉音长老所作,但这里看不到[这样说的]理由。它是[作者]受义见长老、佛友长老,以及属化地部的佛天长老这三位长老之请,依住大寺者的诵读传承而作的。它也没有专名。因为它的开头说——

Jātakaṭṭhakathāpi ca ācariyabuddhaghosatthereneva katāti vadanti, kāraṇaṃ panettha na dissati. Sā pana atthadassittherena ca buddhamittattherena ca mahisāsakanikāyikena ca buddhadevattherenāti tīhi therehi abhiyācito mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ vācanāmaggaṃ nissāya katā. Imissāpi nāmaviseso natthi. Vuttaṃ himissā ārambhe –
已对照

「希望这佛的传承久住的

‘‘Buddhavaṃsassa etassa, icchantena ciraṭṭhitiṃ;
已对照

义见长老前来请求了[我]——

Yācito abhigantvāna, therena atthadassinā.
已对照

[他]不与[他人]交杂而住,常住清净;

Asaṃsaṭṭhavihārena, sadā suddhavihārinā;
已对照

同样,心寂静而有智的佛友[也请求了我];

Tatheva buddhamittena, santacittena viññunā.
已对照

出身化地部传承、通晓理趣的

Mahisāsakavaṃsamhi, sambhūtena nayaññunā;
已对照

觉慧清净的佛天比丘也同样[请求我]。

Buddhadevena ca tathā, bhikkhunā suddhabuddhinā.
已对照

大人诸行那不可思议的威力——

Mahāpurisacariyānaṃ, ānubhāvaṃ acintiyaṃ;
已对照

对显明它的本生,[我将作]其义的释义;

Tassa vijjotayantassa, jātakassatthavaṇṇanaṃ.
已对照

以住大寺者的诵读传承为本,

Mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ, vācanāmagganissitaṃ;
已对照

我将宣说;我宣说时,愿诸善人好好领受它。」

Bhāsissaṃ bhāsato taṃ me, sādhu gaṇhantu sādhavo’’ti.
缅 0.59已对照

至此,《清净道论》的撰作方式,连同一切以阿阇梨觉音长老著作而著称的义注[的撰作方式],都已详细阐明了。

Ettāvatā ca ācariyabuddhaghosattherassa ganthabhāvena pākaṭāhi sabbaṭṭhakathāhi saha visuddhimaggassa karaṇappakāro vitthārena vibhāvito hoti.
已对照

[本论]遍传世间的缘由

Sakalalokapatthārakāraṇaṃ
1缅 0.60已对照

这部《清净道论》为什么遍传于全世间呢?因为以清净的三藏圣典为依据,因为摄尽三学,因为转换了古义注的语言,因为避开他宗,因为自宗清净,因为对戒、头陀支、止、神通、慧的分类等作了圆满的分别,因为阐明直到阿罗汉果的行道之理,因为以浅显而不杂乱的文句编成,因为义理易于了知,也因为讲述了能令人生起净信、能令人随所见而效行的种种故事——由于这样等等数百种功德,它遍传于全世间。

因为这部《清净道论》只依登上三次结集的清净巴利三藏而成,不依大众部等十七部的藏,也不依大乘者的藏。又,三学连同其附属,都在这里圆满摄取而显示了。因为阿阇梨在诸阿含义注的序论中这样说——

「戒论、头陀法(dhutadhamma),以及一切业处,

连同性行(cariyā)之分判,[以及]禅与等至的广说;

以及一切神通(abhiññā),还有慧的合计与抉择;

蕴、界、处、根,以及那四圣[谛]——

[即诸]谛,[与]缘之行相(paccayākāra)的教说,[其]理趣极清净而精微;

不离圣典之道,以及观(vipassanā)的修习——

然而这一切,由于已由我在《清净道论》(Visuddhimagga)中极为清净地

说过了,所以在此[义注中]不再多加论究它。」

又因为《清净道论》是作为四部阿含义注的一部分而作的,所以它也像那些[义注]一样,是以转换古师子洲义注的语言、略去一再重来的义理、避开他宗,以及显明称为住大寺者清净抉择的自宗这些方式而作的。因为阿阇梨这样说——

「我从那[义注]中除去师子洲语,[而将它]升入悦意之语(manoramā bhāsā)——

[升入那]契合圣典(tanti)之法则、离于过失的[语];

[并]不违背诸长老的宗义(samaya)——[他们]是长老世系的明灯、

抉择极为精微、住于大寺(Mahāvihāra)者;

舍去一再重来之义,我将显明[其]义」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉],以及——

「『此《清净道论》,正处于四阿含之中央,

[它]将住[于其中]而显明那里如所说之义。』

[《清净道论》]正是这样造成的,所以你们应把它也取来,连同这部

义注[《吉祥悦意》(Sumaṅgalavilāsinī)]一起,了知依于《长部》之义」[《长部义注》1〈序论〉],以及——

「它撷取《大义注》的精要而告完成;

以圣典的诵分计,此[义注]之量为八十一诵分。

《清净道论》以诵分计约为五十九[诵分];

因为它是为阐明诸阿含之义而作的。

所以,这部义注若与它合计诵分之数,

善加限定、精确划分下来,[共]为一百四十」[《长部义注》3〈结语〉]。

如果这部《清净道论》是阿阇梨不像[作]诸阿含义注那样去作,也不参看古师子洲义注,只凭自己的智力而作的,那就不应把它当作诸阿含义注的一部分,反而只该这样说:「诸阿含义注是《大义注》的精要,而《清净道论》不是它的精要,只是凭阿阇梨自己的见解而作的。」然而因为不是那样作,而是正以前面所说的方式而作,所以应当看到:这部《清净道论》也正是以作那些阿含义注的方式而作的,也正因此是《大义注》的精要。

然而有些有识之士,在阿阇梨觉音的论著中,看不到像北方派教团的马鸣、龙树、世亲等比丘那样不依古典籍、只凭自己的智慧推想而提出的特殊法说,心中不满,便这样说:「我们看不到觉音不依他人、只凭自己的智力创作新论著。」他们这话虽是批评,对上座部者来说却正成了称赞。因为上座部者是这样认识的:「唯有佛陀、世尊、正等正觉者才应当宣说的法与应当制定的律,都已经毫无遗余地宣说、制定了;具足信心的比丘与在家人,应当各随所宜地实行这一法与律,不应当在此之外推想、寻求另一套法与律。如果有人推想而说出了另一套法与律,那只是那个推想者的教法,不是导师的教法。在世尊的法与律中,凡是文句的义理不明显之处,每一处都应当依照古来那些具足无碍解、六神通等功德、了知世尊意旨的诸义注师所解释的方式来理解其义,而不应随自己的见解。」阿阇梨觉音也是这些上座部者之一,他也正是这样认识的。阿阇梨这样说——

「佛陀所说的法与律,

也正如[所说]那样为他的诸子所了知;

那些不舍弃诸佛子见解的人,

既然从前已为它作了诸义注,

所以,凡义注中所说的,

除去疏忽的笔误之外,

全部,由于对尊重诸学的

智者们来说,在此都是准量,

因此,只舍弃[师子洲的]异语,

并略去繁广的行文……乃至……

既然这部释义也将[如此]作成,

所以应当恭敬地随学它」[《波罗夷义注》1〈序论〉]。

正因如此,阿阇梨不依世尊的法与律或古义注,而凭自己的智慧推想、或从自己熟悉的世间典籍中摘取而作的论著,一部也没有。如果他作了那样的[论著],上座部者就会依《大教法经》[《长部》2.188;《增支部》4.180]所说的方式,认为「这确实不是那位世尊之语,是觉音长老错误受持的」而舍弃它。而正因为这部《清净道论》是阿阇梨以转换古义注的语言等方式而作的,所以上座部者依《大教法经》所说的方式,认为「这确实是那位世尊之语,是阿阇梨觉音长老正确受持的」而接受它。因此它也遍传于全世间。

戒、头陀支等的分类,与行道之理的阐明,都是明显的。又,这部《清净道论》以易懂的文句与不杂乱的文句,以契合圣典之理的巴利文风善加编成,正因如此,它的义理也易于了知。所以,意乐清净的智者们阅读它时,刹那刹那都领受义、领受法,而领受到不少的喜与喜悦。

又,这里讲述了许多能引生净信的故事:大帝须长老的故事等[《清净道论》1.15]师子洲的故事,以及法将舍利弗长老的故事等[《清净道论》1.19]阎浮提的故事。善士们看到并忆念这些故事,会生起强烈的净信,也会生起「我们何时也能成为这样的人呢?」这种随所见而效行的意愿。

应当知道,这部《清净道论》就是这样,由于以清净的三藏圣典为依据等数百种功德而遍传于全世间。正如这部《清净道论》,阿阇梨所作的其他摄三藏的义注,也由于转换了古义注的语言等功德,同样遍传于全世间。

至此,「为何而作」等问题的意义也已详细阐明了。

对此这样说——

Kissesa visuddhimaggo sakalaloke patthaṭoti? Parisuddhapiṭakapāḷinissayabhāvato, sikkhattayasaṅgahabhāvato, porāṇaṭṭhakathānaṃ bhāsāparivattanabhāvato, parasamayavivajjanato, sakasamayavisuddhito, sīladhutaṅgasamathaabhiññāpaññāpabhedādīnaṃ paripuṇṇavibhāgato, yāva arahattā paṭipattinayaparidīpanato, uttānānākulapadabyañjanasaṅkhatabhāvato, suviññeyyatthabhāvato, pasādanīyānaṃ diṭṭhānugatāpādanasamatthānaṃ vatthūnañca dīpanatoti evamādīhi anekasatehi guṇehi esa sakalaloke patthaṭo jāto.
Ayañhi visuddhimaggo saṅgītittayārūḷhaparisuddhapāḷipiṭakameva nissāya pavatto, na mahāsaṅghikādīnaṃ sattarasannaṃ nikāyānaṃ piṭakaṃ, napi mahāyānikānaṃ piṭakaṃ. Saparivāraṃ sikkhattayañca ettha paripuṇṇameva saṅgahetvā dassitaṃ. Vuttañhetaṃ ācariyena āgamaṭṭhakathāsu ganthārambhe –
‘‘Sīlakatā dhutadhammā, kammaṭṭhānāni ceva sabbāni;
Cariyāvidhānasahito, jhānasamāpattivitthāro.
Sabbā ca abhiññāyo, paññāsaṅkalananicchayo ceva;
Khandhādhātāyatani,ndriyāni ariyāni ceva cattāri.
Saccāni paccayākāra,desanā suparisuddhanipuṇanayā;
Avimuttatantimaggā, vipassanābhāvanā ceva.
Iti pana sabbaṃ yasmā, visuddhimagge mayā suparisuddhaṃ;
Vuttaṃ tasmā bhiyyo, na taṃ idha vicārayissāmī’’ti.
Yasmā pana visuddhimaggo catunnaṃ āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ avayavabhāvena kato, tasmā tā viya porāṇasīhaḷaṭṭhakathānaṃ bhāsāparivattanavasena ceva punappunāgatamatthānaṃ saṃkhipanavasena ca parasamayavivajjanavasena ca mahāvihāravāsīnaṃ parisuddhavinicchayasaṅkhātassa sakasamayassa dīpanavasena ca kato. Vuttañhetaṃ ācariyena –
‘‘Apanetvāna tatohaṃ, sīhaḷabhāsaṃ manoramaṃ bhāsaṃ;
Tantinayānucchavikaṃ, āropento vigatadosaṃ.
Samayaṃ avilomento, therānaṃ theravaṃsapadīpānaṃ;
Sunipuṇavinicchayānaṃ, mahāvihāre nivāsīnaṃ;
Hitvā punappunāgata-matthaṃ atthaṃ pakāsayissāmī’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca.
‘‘Majjhe visuddhimaggo, esa catunnampi āgamānañhi;
Ṭhatvā pakāsayissati, tattha yathābhāsitamatthaṃ.
Icceva kato tasmā, tampi gahetvāna saddhimetāya;
Aṭṭhakathāya vijānatha, dīghāgamanissitaṃ attha’’nti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā] ca.
‘‘Sā hi mahāaṭṭhakathāya, sāramādāya niṭṭhitā esā;
Ekāsītipamāṇāya, pāḷiyā bhāṇavārehi.
Ekūnasaṭṭhimatto, visuddhimaggopi bhāṇavārehi;
Atthappakāsanatthāya, āgamānaṃ kato yasmā.
Tasmā tena sahāyaṃ, aṭṭhakathā bhāṇavāragaṇanāya;
Suparimitaparicchinnaṃ, cattālīsaṃ sataṃ hotī’’ti [dī. ni. aṭṭha. 3.nigamanakathā] ca.
Yadi cāyaṃ visuddhimaggo ācariyena āgamaṭṭhakathāyo viya akatvā porāṇasīhaḷaṭṭhakathāyo ca anoloketvā kevalaṃ attano ñāṇappabhāveneva kato assa, nāyaṃ āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ avayavoti gahetabbo assa, aññadatthu ‘‘āgamaṭṭhakathāyo mahāṭṭhakathāya sārabhūtā, visuddhimaggo pana na tassā sārabhūto, kevalaṃ ācariyassa matiyāva kato’’ti evameva vattabbo assa. Yasmā pana tathā akatvā pubbe vuttappakāreneva kato, tasmā ayampi visuddhimaggo tāsaṃ āgamaṭṭhakathānaṃ karaṇākāreneva katoti ca, tatoyeva mahāṭṭhakathāya sārabhūtoti ca daṭṭhabbo.
Ekacce pana vicakkhaṇā ācariyabuddhaghosassa ganthesu uttarapakkhasāsanikānaṃ assaghosanāgajjunavasubandhuādīnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ viya porāṇaganthe anissāya attano ñāṇeneva takketvā dassitaṃ dhammakathāvisesaṃ adisvā asantuṭṭhacittā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘buddhaghosassa aññaṃ anissāya attano ñāṇappabhāveneva abhinavaganthuppādanaṃ na passāmā’’ti. Taṃ tesaṃ garahāvacanampi samānaṃ theravādīnaṃ pasaṃsāvacanameva sampajjati. Theravādino hi evaṃ jānanti ‘‘buddheneva bhagavatā sammāsambuddhena desetabbo ceva dhammo paññāpetabbo ca vinayo anavasesena desito ceva paññatto ca, soyeva dhammavinayo saddhāsampannehi bhikkhūhi ceva gahaṭṭhehi ca yathārahaṃ paṭipajjitabbo, na tato añño dhammavinayo takketvā gavesetabbo. Yadi pana añño dhammavinayo kenaci takketvā kathito assa, taṃ tasseva takkino sāsanaṃ hoti na satthu sāsanaṃ. Yaṃ yaṃ pana bhagavato dhammavinaye padabyañjanaṃ atthato apākaṭaṃ hoti, tattha tattha porāṇakehi paṭisambhidāchaḷabhiññādiguṇasampannehi bhagavato adhippāyaṃ jānantehi aṭṭhakathācariyehi saṃvaṇṇitanayena attho gahetabbo, na attanomativasenā’’ti. Ācariyabuddhaghoso ca tesaṃ theravādīnaṃ aññataro, sopi tatheva jānāti. Vuttañcetaṃ ācariyena –
‘‘Buddhena dhammo vinayo ca vutto,
Yo tassa puttehi tatheva ñāto;
So yehi tesaṃ matimaccajantā,
Yasmā pure aṭṭhakathā akaṃsu.
Tasmā hi yaṃ aṭṭhakathāsu vuttaṃ,
Taṃ vajjayitvāna pamādalekhaṃ;
Sabbampi sikkhāsu sagāravānaṃ,
Yasmā pamāṇaṃ idha paṇḍitānaṃ.
Tato ca bhāsantarameva hitvā,
Vitthāramaggañca samāsayitvā…pe…
Yasmā ayaṃ hessati vaṇṇanāpi,
Sakkacca tasmā anusikkhitabbā’’ti [pārā. aṭṭha. 1.ganthārambhakathā].
Teneva ācariyo bhagavato dhammavinayaṃ vā porāṇaṭṭhakathaṃ vā anissāya attano ñāṇena takketvā vā attanā paricitalokiyaganthehi gahetvā vā na kañci ganthaṃ akāsi. Yadi pana tādisaṃ kareyya, taṃ theravādino mahāpadesasutte [dī. ni. 2.188; a. ni. 4.180] vuttanayena ‘‘addhā idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ, buddhaghosassa ca therassa duggahita’’nti chaḍḍeyyuṃyeva. Yato ca kho ayaṃ visuddhimaggo porāṇaṭṭhakathānaṃ bhāsāparivattanādivaseneva ācariyena kato, tatoyeva theravādino taṃ mahāpadesasutte vuttanayena ‘‘addhā idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ, ācariyabuddhaghosassa ca therassa suggahita’’nti sampaṭicchanti. Tenāpāyaṃ sakalaloke patthaṭo hoti.
Sīladhutaṅgādīnaṃ vibhāgo ca paṭipattinayaparidīpanañca pākaṭameva. Tathāyaṃ visuddhimaggo suviññeyyapadavākyehi ceva anākulapadavākyehi ca tantinayānurūpāya pāḷigatiyā suṭṭhu saṅkhato, tatoyeva cassa atthopi suviññeyyo hoti. Tasmā taṃ olokentā viññuno visuddhajjhāsayā khaṇe khaṇe atthapaṭisaṃvedino ceva dhammapaṭisaṃvedino ca hutvā anappakaṃ pītisomanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedenti.
Anekāni cettha pasādāvahāni mahātissattheravatthuādīni [visuddhi. 1.15] sīhaḷavatthūni ca dhammasenāpatisāriputtattheravatthuādīni [visuddhi. 1.19] jambudīpavatthūni ca dīpitāni. Tāni passitvā anussarantānaṃ sappurisānaṃ balavapasādo ca uppajjati, ‘‘kadā nu kho mayampi īdisā bhavissāmā’’ti diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjitukāmatā ca uppajjati.
Evaṃ parisuddhapiṭakapāḷinissayatādīhi anekasatehi guṇehi ayaṃ visuddhimaggo sakalaloke patthaṭo jātoti veditabbo. Yathā cāyaṃ visuddhimaggo, evaṃ aññāpi ācariyena katā tipiṭakasaṅgahaṭṭhakathāyo porāṇaṭṭhakathānaṃ bhāsāparivattanabhāvādīhi guṇehi sakalaloke patthaṭāyeva honti.
Ettāvatā ca pana kimatthaṃ katotiādīnampi pañhānamattho vitthārena vibhāvitova hotīti.
Tatthetaṃ vuccati –
1.
2缅 0.63已对照

一、

那位可敬者——他的双足为诸上智者所顶戴、

为坚定的智者所珍爱;

他由慧等所生的优美德光,

确实在世间照耀,令善人欢喜。

Sambhāvanīyassa sudhīvarāna-
Mādattadhīriṭṭhapadassa yassa;
Paññādijātā lalitā guṇābhā,
Bhāteva lokamhi sataṃ mudāya.
2.
3已对照

二、

那位名为觉音、坚定而具上智者,

由智者们极度的敬重而得[称誉];

天生的、以及凭明达与才能所得的

吉祥光辉,贤善的觉音确实具有。

Sa buddhaghosāvhathiraggadhīmā,
Vidūna’maccantasamādarā’dā;
Sabhāvajaṃ byattisasattiladdhaṃ,
Siriṃ dadhāteva subuddhaghoso.
3.
4已对照

三、

「最胜正等觉者般涅槃之后,

在[佛灭]第十个百年中

出生」——为诸智者如是认知的,

是已获圆满尊崇的觉音之芽。

‘‘Sambuddhaseṭṭhe parinibbutasmiṃ,
Saṃvaccharānaṃ dasame satamhi;
Jāto’’ti ñāto vibudhehi buddha-
Ghosaṅkuro pattasamattamānī.
4.
5已对照

四、

智者、明者[都认为],他出身于人中上等[种姓],

出生在南方地区,

在可爱的印度、善人辈出之处;

这是在此事上探求真义者的确信。

Viññū vidū’massa pumaggajāte,
Sañjātataṃ dakkhiṇadesabhāge;
Ramme’ndiyasmiṃ sujanākarasmiṃ,
Tattatthamesīna’mayaṃ patīti.
5.
6已对照

五、

他就生在那里的摩兰陀村(Moraṇḍagāma),

为福德所引,正生于婆罗门家;

犹如为了带来世间利益的太阳

升起,[先现的]最初曙光。

Moraṇḍagāmamhi sa tattha jāto,
Puññānito vippakulamhi sammā;
Sūrassa lokatthasamāvahatthaṃ,
Uppajjanāyā’dyaruṇova raṃsi.
6.
7已对照

六、

他觉慧增长,长大成人,

始终令亲族欢喜;

对于吠陀、诸学问,以及其他技艺

与典籍,毫不费力就达到了精通。

Saṃvaddhabuddhī sa pavuddhipatto,
Ārādhayaṃ ñātigaṇaṃ sadeva;
Vedesu vijjāsu tadaññasippa-
Ganthesvanāyāsapavīṇatā’gā.
7.
8已对照

七、

他辨析种种关于清净的信解,

审察「是精要还是非精要」;

由于他觉知吠陀中没有精要,

所以不满足于自己所学。

Suddhādhimuttīna vivecanena,
Sārānu’sāroti viviñcamāno;
Vedesva’sāratta’mabujjhi yasmā,
Tuṭṭhiṃ sa nāpajji sutena sena.
8.
9缅 0.64已对照

八、

当他寻求可赞叹的精要时,

借着听闻得到了正法的精要;

他倾心于佛陀的教法,

生起热忱,要投入其中。

Anvesato tassa pasatthasāraṃ,
Saddhammasāro savanena laddho;
Ninnova buddhassa sa sāsanamhi,
Ussāhajāto’pagamāya tattha.
9.
10已对照

九、

好乐正法的他,在那里光彩焕发,

得受了出家与具足戒;

亲近了在清净的上座

部中以智慧著称的诸长老。

Dhammābhilāsī sa viroci tattha,
Saṃladdhapabbajjupasampadova;
There’pasaṅkamma visuddhathera-
Vādīnikāyamhi patītapaññe.
10.
11已对照

十、

那时在南印度,

住着出身上座传承的[比丘],

以及持其他说法的牟尼们,他们把牟尼王的

教义,各按自己的见解宣说。

Tadā hi’suṃ dakkhiṇaindiyamhi,
Nivāsino theriyavaṃsajātā;
Tadaññavādī ca munī muninda-
Mataṃ yathāladdhi pakāsayantā.
11.
12已对照

十一、

为了更进一步证得正法的精要,

他通学了胜者所说的圣典;那[圣典]

在他舌尖上嬉游、在他心中安住,

如同吉祥天女(Lakkhī)住于有福者身上,光辉照耀。

Saddhammasārādhigamāya bhiyyo,
Pāḷiṃ samuggaṇhi jineritaṃ, sā;
Jivhaggalīlā manasā’sitā’ssa,
Lakkhīva puññe nivasaṃ babhāsa.
12.
13已对照

十二、

他如是学习,正确地觉知:

「这是为了善清净、

为了证得还灭的唯一之道。」于是在此道上

他投入精勤,志求至高的彼岸。

Evaṃ tamuggaṇha’mabodhi sammā,
‘‘Ekāyanoyaṃ suvisuddhiyāti;
Maggo vivaṭṭādhigamāya’’ tattho-
Yyogaṃ samāpajji paraṃ parattī.
13.
14已对照

十三、

他天生的慧广大,从各家

论典所得的学问也很广博;

因此,他渡越佛语之海,

[人们]了知这是他不难成就的力量。

Sabhāvapaññā mahatī ca sattha-
Ntaropaladdhā vipulāva vijjā;
Tenassa buddhottisamuddatiṇṇe,
Akicchasādhittapabhāva’maññā.
14.
15已对照

十四、

「他美好的名声,犹如佛陀的名誉,

将会流传」——因此明达的师长们

为[他]取了名副其实之名

「觉音」,[他]已通达正等觉者的教义。

Buddhassa kittīva sukittighoso,
Vattissate’ccassa garū viyattā;
Atthānvitaṃ nāmamakaṃsu buddha-
Ghosoti sambuddhamataṅgatassa.
15.
16缅 0.65已对照

十五、

他住在名为孔雀使港的港城,

以及名为建志的城等地;

以专注的心,通学了称为《案达义注》、

属他本国的义注。

Mayūradūtavhayapaṭṭanasmiṃ,
Nivassa kañjīvhapurādike ca;
Sa andhakākhyātasadesiyaṭṭha-
Kathaṃ samuggaṇhi samāhitatto.
16.
17已对照

十六、

这位贤慧者,心不以这些

为满足,更求其上,

对正觉者言教中的全部义理,

生起了想要了知的强烈愿望。

Tāvattakenassa sumedhasassā-
Santuṭṭhacittassa tatuttarimpi;
Sambuddhavāṇīsu samattamatthaṃ,
Aññātumicchā mahatī ajāyi.
17.
18已对照

十七、

由马哈玛欣德等殊胜的得自在者

带来的、富有精要的那些义注,

连同长老之说,抉择精审,

那时确实在楞伽光明显耀。

Mahāmahindādivasīvarebhi,
Samābhatā yāṭṭhakathā sasārā;
Satheravādā suvinicchayā ca,
Tadā vibhātā vata laṅkayā’suṃ.
18.
19已对照

十八、

他得知这一情况后,生起这样的

念头:「我何不前往可爱的楞伽——

那仿佛装点着宝藏之海的[岛]——

到那里去学习伟大的义注;

Pavattimetaṃ vidiya’ssa meta-
Dahosi ‘‘yaṃ nūna’bhirāmalaṅkaṃ;
Alaṅkarontiṃ ratanākaraṃva,
Upecca sikkhe’ṭṭhakathā mahantī.
19.
20已对照

十九、

把那些以师子洲语写成的[义注]

升入圣典语,重新编作;

这样,我就确实能为他国

尊敬佛陀的人成就利益。」

Tā bhāsayā sīhaḷikāya raccā,
Tantiṃ samāropya navaṃ kareyyaṃ;
Evañhi desantariyāna buddha-
Mānīnamatthaṃ khalu sādhaye’’ti.
20.
21已对照

二十、

先前传到楞伽的教法,

如同离了霜雾等的皎洁明月,

光辉照耀;到了某个时候,原本不为异

说所扰的它,也陷入了纷乱。

Pure ca laṅkāgatasāsanaṃ yaṃ,
Sunimmalindūva himādimutto;
Pabhāsi, kismiñci tadāññavāda-
Manākulaṃ tā’kulataṃ jagāma.
21.
22已对照

二十一、

胜者般涅槃之后,一百年

之内,奉持教法者和合一致;

在胜者的教法中所说相同,

那时连一点分裂也没有。

Jinamhi nibbānagate hi vassa-
Satantare sāsanikā samaggā;
Samānavādā jinasāsanamhi,
Na koci bhedopi tadā ahosi.
22.
23缅 0.66已对照

二十二、

后来,由于随着吹袭正法之树的

非法之风而出现的恶人,

诸长老心生悚惧,集会一处,

坚定地作了努力。

Pacchā ca saddhammadumāhatebhya-
Dhammehi vātehi paṭicca pāpe;
Jātehi saṃviggamanā samāya,
There’sa’muyyogamakaṃsu daḷhaṃ.
23.
24已对照

二十三、

虽然行为端正的[比丘]们举行了结集,

[那些人]又被坚定者严加压制,

他们却像被砍断又重新长出的树,

把法与律改作了别样。

Saṅgītiyo kacca supesalehi,
Niggayhamānāpi thirehi daḷhaṃ;
Chinnāpi rukkhā’ssu punoruhāvā-
Kāsuṃva dhammaṃ vinayā’ññathā te.
24.
25已对照

二十四、

他们成了不同的部众、多种说法,

在胜者的教法中造成混杂;

以胜者所说之外的其他说法,

使律与法变得不清净。

Nānāgaṇā te ca anekavādā,
Saṃsaggakārā jinasāsane’suṃ;
Vādebhi aññehi jineritebhya-
Suddhāyamānā vinayañca dhammaṃ.
25.
26已对照

二十五、

他们的说法、论者与藏,

来到楞伽,仿佛要令它染上污点;

接受[它们]的,是住无畏[山]等处者,

而不是另一方——住名为「大」之寺者。

Vādā ca vādī piṭakāni tesaṃ,
Laṅkaṃ malaṅkaṃva karaṃ’payātā;
Paṭiggahesuṃ pyabhayādivāsī,
Nāññe mahākhyātavihāravāsī.
26.
27已对照

二十六、

正如圣典正是佛陀所说,

其义的精要也为诸得自在者所了知,

所以没有任何「他们在这里背离,清净的上座

部者成了异说者」这样的事发生。

Yathā ca buddhābhihitāva pāḷi,
Tadatthasārā ca vasībhi ñātā;
Na ‘‘tedha vokkamma visuddhathera-
Vādī vivādī’’ti pavatti kāci.
27.
28已对照

二十七、

他们像守护生命一样守护自己的上座部之说,

[守护]圣典及其义理,连同其决断;

所以持他说者的

说法,确实既不能摧破它,也不能侵入它。

Jīvaṃva rakkhiṃsu satheravādaṃ,
Tantiṃ tadatthañca saniṇṇayaṃ te;
Tasmā na sakkāva tadaññavādi-
Vādebhi hantuṃ cu’pagantumaddhā.
28.
29已对照

二十八、

他们想到那说法有混杂的危险,又想:

「由于种种怖畏

与昏昧等,圣典也会有难以受持之时」,于是把[圣典]书于书册,

好好地守护保存。

Taṃvādasaṃbhedabhayañca maññayā,
‘‘Duddhāravelāpi bhayehi tantinaṃ;
Sammohatādīhi bhave’’ti potthakaṃ,
Āropya sammā paripālayiṃsu te.
29.
30缅 0.67已对照

二十九、

那时,为了击退他们,就像通晓战阵者[去]

受训一样,这位护持胜者教法者——

觉慧敏锐的牟尼觉音——

前往殊胜的铜鍱洲。

Tadā hi tesaṃ paṭibāhane raṇa-
Vidaṃva sikkhaṃ jinasāsanaddharo;
Sa buddhaghoso muni buddhipāṭavo,
Gato’si dīpaṃ varatambapaṇṇikaṃ.
30.
31已对照

三十、

他来到楞伽,对于渡越《大义注》之海

到达彼岸,决心坚定;

来到出身清净传承者所住的大寺,

就像初升的月亮装点虚空一样,为它增添光彩。

Laṅkaṃ upecca sa mahāṭṭhakathāṇṇavassa,
Pāraṃ paraṃ vitaraṇe thiraniṇṇayova;
Saṃsuddhavaṃsajanivāsamahāvihāra-
Māgā’mbaraṃva udayindu’pasobhayanto.
31.
32已对照

三十一、

他住在那[大寺]南方的那里——

名为「精勤堂」(Padhānaghara)的美好院落中,

在那最上的、宜于善人亲近的殿堂里;那[殿堂]是

心寂静、善行正法的大市镇主(Mahānigamasāmi)所建的。

Tasmiñca dakkhiṇadisāya vasī sa tattha,
Sobhaṃ padhānagharasaññitapāriveṇaṃ;
Pāsāda’muttama’makā sujanebhi sebyaṃ,
Santo mahānigamasāmi suciṇṇadhammo.
32.
33已对照

三十二、

他正确地精勤用功:亲近了贤智的佛友

长老等已通达完整圣典之究竟的[师长];

他以对种种理趣的觉解,

于经、论、律的义注[学得]圆满无缺。

Sammā ca yogamakarī budhabuddhamitta-
Therādi’manta’mupayāta’manūnatante;
Saṃsevito vividhañāyapabuddhiyā so,
Suttābhidhammavinayaṭṭhakathāsva’nūnaṃ.
33.
34已对照

三十三、

看到他在自宗与他宗上的明达,

[看到]隐藏的义理被他的慧照见得如同敞开一般,

那些奉持胜者完整之道、受用不死的长老们,

认为他如无价之宝,极其难得。

Veyyattiyaṃ’sa samaye samayantare ca,
Paññāya disva vivaṭaṃva nihītamatthaṃ;
Therā samaggajinamaggamatā’matāsī,
Maññiṃsu naggharatanaṃva sudullabhanti.
34.
35已对照

三十四、

了知他在随意施予法与律的义理上

是一颗如意宝,觉慧之相经过善加审察;

对他在此已心意决定的诗人僧伽波罗

最上长老,为了众人的利益而委请他:

Viññāya dhammavinayatthayathicchadāne,
Cintāmaṇīti sunirūpitabuddhirūpaṃ;
Yasse’ttha nicchitamano kavisaṅghapāla-
Ttheruttamo janahitāya niyojayī taṃ.
35.
36已对照

三十五、

「虽然有种种关于行道的论著,

但其中有些在某些地方并不随顺佛陀的意旨,

而且与清净的长老们的宗义相违;

所以,请你作一部无垢的行道论著。」

‘‘Kiñcāpi santi vividhā paṭipattiganthā,
Kesañci kiñci tu na buddhamatānusāraṃ;
Saṃsuddhatherasamayehi ca te viruddhā,
Tasmā karotu vimalaṃ paṭipattiganthaṃ’’.
36.
37缅 0.68已对照

三十六、

他慈与悲的云雨,在众生之地

普降;并且,为了令那趣向圣道的最上之道

得以清净,[他想:]「请托长老的愿望,

我当圆满它」,于是作了《清净道论》。

Mettādayambudavanaṃ janabhūmiyaṃ’sa,
Saṃvassate ca’riyamaggagamagga’maggaṃ;
Saṃsodhanattha’miti ‘‘patthitatheraāsaṃ,
Pūressa’meta’’miti kāsi visuddhimaggaṃ.
37.
38已对照

三十七、

他具足与精进、悲悯、念相结合的觉慧,

深入全部义注连同圣典,并摄取[其]

精要,不顾自身的辛劳,好好地

作成了这[部论]——在此有哪位智者不喜爱它呢?

Vīrānukampasatiyojitabuddhimā saṃ,
Oggayha, gayha ca’ khilaṭṭhakathā satantī;
Sāraṃ sakheda’manapekkhiya sādhukaṃ sa,
Yaṃ’kāsi, kaṃ nu’dha na rocayate budhaṃ so.
38.
39已对照

三十八、

其中所说的,是以存在而言为究竟的自性法,

也引入了能令人感受喜与乐的故事;

它充满一切行道之理,

如同百花盛开的园林般光彩照耀。

Vutte’ttha bhāvaparamāva sabhāvadhammā,
Vatthū ca pītisukhavedaniyā’nitāva;
Puṇṇova sabbapaṭipattinayehi ceso,
Pupphābhiphullapavanaṃva virājate’yaṃ.
39.
40已对照

三十九、

见到它,把它视为宝精之

库藏,希求趣向清净的人们,

便迅速勤勉致力于摄取那精要;

因为见到无价之宝,谁会舍弃它呢?

Yaṃ passiyāna parikappiya ratnasāra-
Gabbhaṃ visuddhi’mabhiyātu’mapekkhamānā;
Taṃ sāra’mādiyitu’māsu payuttayuttā,
Disvā hi naggharatanaṃ nanu vajjaye na.
40.
41已对照

四十、

这里的文句串连优美,随顺圣典之理;

精要与殊胜精要的理趣次第,众所周知而成立;

诸义理也为趣向寂静[而说];衡量[它们]而

勤勉用功之外,此中还有什么别的行道呢?

Kantā padāvali’ha tantinayānusārā,
Sārātisāranayapanti pasiddhasiddhā;
Atthā ca santinugamāya tulāyamāno-
Yyogena mettha hi vinā paṭipatti kā’ññā.
41.
42已对照

四十一、

这[部论]居于导师四阿含之中央,

在此阐明诸义,如太阳[照亮]众多事物,光辉照耀;

它的这种编排能令智者生喜,

因为他的智慧已超出诗人的境界。

Ābhāti satthu caturāgamamajjhago’yaṃ-
Atthe pakāsayiha bhāṇuva nekadabbe;
Medhāvipītijananaṃ’sa vidhāna’metaṃ-
Tītañhi yāva kavigocara’massa ñāṇaṃ.
42.
43已对照

四十二、

他敏锐的智慧,因[编]成《清净道论》,

已为得了贤智之位的人们所见;

因此,他阐明佛语义理的

明达之能,为通晓阿含的人们所知。

Diṭṭhāva tikkhamati’massa visuddhimagga-
Sampādanena samupāttasudhīpadebhi;
Tenassa buddhavacanatthavibhāvanāya,
Pabyattasatti viditā viditāgamehi.
43.
44缅 0.69已对照

四十三、

他赢得了诗人们所称颂、所证得的名声;

名为佛吉祥、心意清净的长老

为世间利益而表明了请求,他接受了[这请求],

自己也以倾向众人利益的心——

Khyātaṃ kavībhi’dhigataṃ yasa’māvahena,
Therassa suddhamatibuddhasirīvhayassa;
Lokattha’māvikatapatthana’mādiyāna,
Sāmañca ninnahadayena janāna’matthe.
44.
45已对照

四十四、

这位通达正觉者意旨的人,作成了名为

《普端严》的殊胜律义注;

借着它,就像太阳升起时一样,对律义迷惑的人们

通达了胜者的教导之道,便不再迷惑。

Sambuddhabhāvaviditeni’minā samanta-
Pāsādikāvhavinayaṭṭhakathā paṇītā;
Sūro’dite viya tayā vinayatthamūḷhā-
Mūḷhī bhavanti jinanītipathā’dhigantvā.
45.
46已对照

四十五、

又,那仿佛使楞伽得以庄严、由马哈玛欣德

长老带来的律义注——

以悦耳的师子洲语诵读它的

从前的牟尼们,都极为喜爱[它]。

Laṅkā alaṅkatikatāva mahāmahinda-
Ttherena yā ca vinayaṭṭhakathā’bhatā, taṃ;
Kantāya sīhaḷagirāya girāyamānā,
Accantakantabahulā munayo purā’suṃ.
46.
47已对照

四十六、

还有其他名为《筏义注》《俱卢地义注》等的[义注],

它们在律方面是照亮[此]岛的明灯;

摄集它们的全部义理与

长老之说,就像把珍珠串在一根线上,

Aññā ca paccari-kurundisamaññitādī,
Dīpaṃ padīpakaraṇī vinayamhi yā’suṃ;
Saṅgayha tāsa’makhilatthanaye ca thera-
Vāde ca muttaratanāniva mekasutte.
47.
48已对照

四十七、

把出自那些[义注]、带着师子洲语言的圣典[之义]

升入优美的[巴利语],又把繁广的

行文加以简略,作成了那部为全世间

所尊重、所敬奉的[律义注]。

Tāheva sīhaḷaniruttiyutañca tantiṃ,
Āropiyāna ruciraṃ atha vitthatañca;
Maggaṃ samāsanavasena yathā samatta-
Lokena yā garukatā katamānanā’kā.
48.
49已对照

四十八、

「循清净传承而来的长老们,清净的上座

部者,以清净的律与阿含之法为尊,

保持了[教法]清净,不像其他说法者那样」——

他在此[律义注]中显明了这些等等,作为[其]因缘。

Suddhanvayāgathavirā ca visuddhathera-
Vādī visuddhavinayāgamapujjadhammā;
Suddhaṃ kariṃsu na yathe’nti tadaññavādā,
Iccādi’māvikariyā’si nidānamettha.
49.
50已对照

四十九、

其中文句串连悦意、优美、易懂,

义理能生起喜、寂静、惊叹等;

种种多彩,出自多样的心智,是诗人心中的天鹅;

所以,对随顺其义者,它滋味无穷。

Yasmiṃ manuññapadapanti subhā subodhā,
Atthā ca pītisama’vimhayatādibhāvī;
Citrā vicitramatijā kavicittahaṃsā,
Tasmā rasāyati tadatthanusārinaṃ yaṃ.
50.
51缅 0.70已对照

五十、

如无边大海般的种种理趣与义,

存在于此地古来的诸律义注中;

要随意把它们的文句编成良好的圣典[语],

对这位有力的勇者而言,又有什么做不到的呢?

Accantasāgaranibhā vividhā nayatthā,
Sante’ttha yā’su vinayaṭṭhakathā purāṇā;
Tāsaṃ yathābhimatapanti sutantikattaṃ,
Kiñhi’ssa kiñci balavīra’paṭicca kātuṃ.
51.
52已对照

五十一、

凭着他由悲心所发、

有慧为伴、有力而坚定的努力,

它一经获得,便为全世间所喜爱,

在智者们当中光彩照耀。

Uyyoga’massa karuṇāpahitaṃ paṭicca,
Paññāsahāyasahitaṃ balavañca daḷhaṃ;
Laddhāva yā nikhilalokamanuññabhūtā,
Medhāvinaṃ’nusabhagāva virājate sā.
52.
53已对照

五十二、

它被智者们推崇为:「在渡到律海彼岸时,

是一艘疾驶的好船。」

它的功德如此受尊崇,直到今天仍光彩照耀;

坚固而难以摧伏的东西,怎会很快消亡呢?

Viññūbhi yā ‘‘vinayasāgarapāratiṇṇe’’,
Sambhāvitā ‘‘sutaraṇāyati sīghavāhā’’;
Iccābhimānitaguṇā’jja rarāja yāva,
Kiṃ yaṃ thiraṃ lahu vinassati duppasayhaṃ.
53.
54已对照

五十三、

「这部遍及一切理趣、又容易了解的[义注],

把为听者所亲近的永恒法筵

建立起来,具足利益世间的功德——

愿它长住!」[仿佛这样说着,]古义注便归于消失。

‘‘Yā byāpinī’khilanayassa subodhinī ca,
Sotūbhi sevitasadātanadhammaraṅgaṃ;
Katvāna lokapahite saguṇe dadhantī,
Ṭhātū’’ti naṭṭha’mupagā’ṭṭhakathā purāṇā.
54.
55已对照

五十四、

受对众人的悲悯所驱使,

他断除了善人们在律上的劳苦;

随后,这位智者又转向

担负撰作诸阿含义注的重任。

Janābhisattāya dayāya codito,
Vichejja khedaṃ vinayamhi sādhunaṃ;
Athāgamāna’ṭṭhakathāvidhānane,
Dhuraṃ dadhātuṃ’bhimukhā’si so sudhī.
55.
56已对照

五十五、

如同盛开低垂的莲花

得了美好的日光,[他的]心意格外开展——

那是坚定、具上智的达陀那伽[长老]

为成就那件事而请求的。

Padmaṃva phullābhinataṃ subhāṇubhaṃ,
Laddhāna phullaṃ’tisayā’si cetanā;
Dāṭhādināgena thiraggadhīmatā,
Yā patthitā’rabbha tadatthasijjhane.
56.
57已对照

五十六、

凭着[他]在《长部》诸义上的觉慧与勇猛,

由证得精要,

那部随其名称而名为《吉祥悦意》的

释义,为世间的利益而产生了。

Dīghāgamatthesu sabuddhivikkama-
Māgamma sārādhigamā sumaṅgala-
Nāmānugantāva vilāsinīti yā,
Saṃvaṇṇanā lokahitāya sambhavī.
57.
58缅 0.71已对照

五十七、

即使对于深奥的、属智者境界的阿含,

他也就此令[人们的]觉解极为明净;

许多人因而了知了佛陀的意旨,

因为伟人的觉慧是成就他人利益的。

Gambhīramedhāvisayāgamamhipi,
Ārabbha buddhiṃ’sa sunimmalīkatā;
Viññātabuddhābhimatā bahū janā,
Aññatthasādhā mahatañhi buddhiyo.
58.
59已对照

五十八、

它令前来的智者们赏心悦目,

在可爱的阿含中,常如法堂一般;

我想,正因如此,[其他的]在此都被它超越了;

除了识路而行者,还有什么能行得快呢?

Sā’nītavidvākkhimanā manāyitā,
Kantāgame dhammasabhāyate sadā;
Teneva maññe’ha tirokatā tayā,
Kiṃ sīghaga’ññatra pathaññagāmikā.
59.
60已对照

五十九、

正如雨云到了广大的虚空,

他的心智得了广大的意乐,也成办世间的利益;

所以他所成就的一部部义注,

为了给予觉解,一部又一部地相继出现。

Patvā mahantā’mbara’mambudo yathā,
Lokatthasādhīpi mahāsayaṃ mati;
Tasmā’ssa siddhā’ṭṭhakathāparamparā,
Buddhippadānāya’ huvuṃ navā navā.
60.
61已对照

六十、

为坚定而殊胜的佛友[长老],

又有了释义《妄衍破斥》:

「在胜者具一切义之精要的《中部》中,

愿善人们得到喜悦,归于寂静。」

Buddhādimittaṃ thiraseṭṭha’muddisaṃ,
Saṃvaṇṇanā cāsi papañcasūdanī;
‘‘Sabbatthasāre jinamajjhimāgame,
Laddhāna pītiṃ sujanā samentu’’ti.
61.
62已对照

六十一、

那名为《显扬真义》而产生的[释义],

是照光护[长老]的心愿[而作];

它如其名,向世间阐明精要,

光辉照耀,指示正行之道。

Uppajji ‘‘sāratthapakāsinī’’ti yā,
Sā jotipālassa yathābhilāsitaṃ;
Lokaṃ yathānāmikasāradīpanā,
Bhātā’si sammāpaṭipannapanthadā.
62.
63已对照

六十二、

借着它,他想要作

《增支部》阿含义释的心愿得以圆满;

[那部]便以此为名——他为善人耆婆

以及坚毅受赞的光护

Sampūri kātuṃ’sa manoratho yayā,
Aṅguttarantāgamamatthavaṇṇanā;
Tannāmadheyyaṃ sujanañca jīvakaṃ,
So jotipālañca pasatthadhītimaṃ.
63.
64已对照

六十三、

而作它,令[人]精通于

观见诸佛等所行的善道;

它成了正法之花的园林,

常为智者这群蜜蜂所深入。

Uddissa yaṃ’kāsi pavīṇataṃ karaṃ,
Buddhādisaṃsebyasumaggadassane;
Saddhammapupphāna’ vanāyitā’si sā,
Vidvālisaṅghassa sadāvagāhaṇā.
64.
65缅 0.72已对照

六十四、

「愿善人们借此舍弃执我的见解,

并在阐明自性[的论]中

了悟难懂的诸法」——[因此],对于阿毗达摩之海,

便有了[一部]易于令人得以入门的[义注]。

Yena’ttaladdhiṃ pajahantu sādhavo,
Dubbodhadhamme ca sabhāvadīpane;
Bujjhantu, iccāsi’bhidhammasāgaro,
Tatthā’vatāraṃ sukarena sādhinī.
65.
66已对照

六十五、

他智慧的游戏,就是《殊胜义》

与悦意的《除痴迷论》;

它们是因与他同名、名为觉音的[比丘之请]

而产生的,成办善人的利益。

Medhāvilāsā’ssa’huvu’ṭṭhasālinī,
Kantā ca sammohavinodanīti yā;
Tā buddhaghosoti satulyanāmika-
Māgamma jātā sujanatthasādhinī.
66.
67已对照

六十六、

还有那五论义注,对阿毗达摩所生的

诸法作了安置,使它们容易渡过;

它令人在深奥的义理上觉慧透彻,

彰显导师的无与伦比。

Aññā ca pañcaṭṭhakathā’bhidhammaje,
Bhāve nidhāye’ttha yathā’ssu suttarā;
Gambhīramatthesu paviddhabuddhitaṃ,
Sampādanī satthu’tulattadīpanī.
67.
68已对照

六十七、

依名为输那的长老之请,

借着它,比丘们能度脱那些

对波罗提木叉的疑惑——名副其实的

[《疑惑度脱》]释义,是这位智者中的最上者所作的。

Soṇāvhatherassa paṭicca yācanaṃ,
Tā yāya kaṅkhā vitaranti bhikkhavo;
Yā pātimokkhamhi, tadanvayāvhayaṃ,
Saṃvaṇṇanaṃ’kāsi sa dhīmataṃ varo.
68.
69已对照

六十八、

令全世间喜悦、阐明[其]义的

《法句》释义,也由他作成——

为坚定的鸠摩罗迦叶[长老]而作;

借着它,善人们的心因喜而绽放。

Samattalokaṭṭhavibhāvirañjanā,
Kate’minā dhammapadassa vaṇṇanā;
Thiraṃ samuddissa kumārakassapaṃ,
Sataṃ manaṃ pītipaphullitaṃ yayā.
69.
70已对照

六十九、

他另有给予《经集》《小

诵》之义的《胜义光明》,

以及庄严本生圣典的释义,

它们都是照亮世间利益的明灯。

Aññā’ssa yā suttanipāta-khuddaka-
Pāṭhatthadātā paramatthajotikā;
Saṃvaṇṇanā jātakatanti maṇḍanā,
Tā honti lokassa hitappadīpinī.
70.
71已对照

七十、

想要在整个世间弘传

传到楞伽的诸义注——

上座部者的这一愿望确实得以圆满,

是凭着最上长老觉音的威力而得到的。

Nissesalokamhi pacāraṇicchā,
Laṅkāgatāna’ṭṭhakathāna’maddhā;
Yā theravādīna’mapūri buddha-
Ghosaggatherassa pabhāvaladdhā.
71.
72缅 0.73已对照

七十一、

他的名字吉祥,他的功德悦意,

遍行各处,就像那些

永恒的月亮与太阳,

运行不息,令世间欢喜。

Bhaddaṃ’sa nāmañca, guṇā manuññā,
Samaggagāmī’nukaronti tesaṃ;
Sasaṅkasūrā hi sadātanā ye,
Lokaṃ pamodañca karaṃ caranti.
72.
73已对照

七十二、

由于贤善的觉音阐明[义理]之能

与明达——这位坚定的人中牛王——

全世间对善妙的上座部之说,

增长了无可比拟的尊崇。

Subuddhaghosassa vibhāvisatti-
Pabyatti’mārabbha thirāsabhassa;
Samaggaloko hi sutheravāde,
Mānaṃ pavaḍḍhesi anaññajātaṃ.
73.
74已对照

七十三、

只要「佛陀」之名仍在世间,

贤善觉音的[遗泽]怎会不在呢?

因为善人们已从他那里得到了大利益,

犹如[得到]贵重的财宝。

Buddhoti nāmaṃ bhuvanamhi yāva,
Subuddhaghosassa siyā na kiñhi;
Laddhā hi sādhūbhi mahopakārā,
Mahagghavittāniva taṃsakāsā.
74.
已对照

七十四、

[对他的]赞颂即使被[一再]汲取,也不会穷尽;

因为他众多的功德无有边际;

有谁能汲尽整个大海之水呢?

尽管如此,愿智者们常常敬重那些[功德]。

Khīyetha vaṇṇo na samuddhaṭopi,
Nanva’ssa nekā hi guṇā anantā;
Ko nu’ddhareyyā’ khilasāgarode,
Tathāpi maññantu sudhī sadā teti.
已对照

由第六次结集事务执行僧团委员会出版的

Chaṭṭhasaṅgītibhāranitthārakasaṅghasamitiyā pakāsitāyaṃ
已对照

这部《清净道论》序说,终。

已对照

清净道论序说

Visuddhimagganidānakathā niṭṭhitā.